Nothing Special   »   [go: up one dir, main page]

WO2023070633A1 - D2d communication method - Google Patents

D2d communication method Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023070633A1
WO2023070633A1 PCT/CN2021/127783 CN2021127783W WO2023070633A1 WO 2023070633 A1 WO2023070633 A1 WO 2023070633A1 CN 2021127783 W CN2021127783 W CN 2021127783W WO 2023070633 A1 WO2023070633 A1 WO 2023070633A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
information list
user equipment
information
relay
transfer
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2021/127783
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
邓猛
于强
沈秀勇
王新柱
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Priority to PCT/CN2021/127783 priority Critical patent/WO2023070633A1/en
Priority to CN202180102931.0A priority patent/CN118176751A/en
Publication of WO2023070633A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023070633A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W4/00Services specially adapted for wireless communication networks; Facilities therefor
    • H04W4/70Services for machine-to-machine communication [M2M] or machine type communication [MTC]
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W40/00Communication routing or communication path finding
    • H04W40/24Connectivity information management, e.g. connectivity discovery or connectivity update
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W76/00Connection management
    • H04W76/10Connection setup
    • H04W76/14Direct-mode setup

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the technical field of communication, and in particular to a D2D communication method.
  • D2D communication allows user equipment to communicate directly without forwarding messages through the base station for communication, which solves the problem that user equipment can communicate directly based on the D2D network in areas with poor coverage of cellular mobile signals or WLAN signals.
  • the communication state of the user equipment will change dynamically.
  • the operation of the user equipment such as switching on and off will cause the communication state to change, and the location of the user equipment will also move dynamically, which will cause the user equipment in the D2D network.
  • the communication paths among them are also changing dynamically. Therefore, how to improve and maintain the communication state of the user equipment in the D2D network and the reliability of the communication path is an urgent problem to be solved.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a D2D communication method, which can improve the communication state of the target UE maintained by the UE and the reliability of the communication path.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a D2D communication method, the method includes:
  • the first transfer UE information list includes path information of a first communication path between the first UE and a second UE, and the second UE is a target UE; receiving The first heartbeat information sent by the first UE, the first heartbeat information includes the device identifier and the first version number of the first UE, and the first version number is used to confirm whether the first transfer UE information list is an updated transfer UE information list; when it is confirmed based on the first version number that the first transfer UE information list is an updated transfer UE information list, the first unicast information is sent based on the first transfer UE information list.
  • the first UE sends the first heartbeat information continuously (for example, 5s is a cycle).
  • the UE can confirm whether it is the latest transfer UE information list information received based on the version number contained in the received heartbeat information, which improves the communication status and communication path of the target UE maintained by the UE. reliability.
  • the method further includes: when it is confirmed based on the first version number that the first transfer UE information list is not an updated transfer UE information list, sending a first request to the first UE, the second A request is used to instruct the first UE to send an updated transfer UE information list; receive the updated transfer UE information list sent by the first UE, and the updated transfer UE information list includes the second communication path between the first UE and the third UE the path information; sending the first unicast information based on the updated transit UE information list.
  • the third UE may be the same as or different from the second UE.
  • the method for confirming that the first transfer UE information list is not an updated transfer UE information list based on the first version number may include: when the first transfer UE information list also includes the second version number, if the second version number is the same as the first version number If they are different, it is determined that the first transfer UE information list is not the latest transfer UE information list. Or, when the first relay UE information list does not include the second version number, before receiving the first relay UE information list, the second heartbeat information is also received, and the second heartbeat information includes the third version number and the first UE's Equipment Identity. Optionally, the second heartbeat information is heartbeat information adjacent to the first relay UE information list. When the second version number is different from the third version number, it is determined that the first transfer UE information list is not the latest transfer UE information list.
  • a first request may be sent to the first UE, where the first request is used to obtain the latest transfer UE information list.
  • the reliability of the received transfer UE information list is improved, and the accuracy of subsequent updating of the communication state and communication path of the target UE based on the transfer UE information list is ensured.
  • sending the first request to the first UE includes: after receiving the first heartbeat information and reaching the first time, the updated transfer UE information list has not yet been received, and sending the first request to the first UE A UE sends a first request.
  • sending the first request to the first UE includes: after receiving the first heartbeat information and reaching the first time, the updated transfer UE information list has not yet been received, and sending the first request to the first UE A UE sends a first request.
  • the first relay UE information list includes a second version number; the method further includes: comparing the first version number and the second version number, so as to confirm the first version number based on the first version number.
  • the transfer UE information list is an updated transfer UE information list.
  • the first version number is the same as the second version number, it is confirmed that the first transfer UE information list is an updated transfer UE information list.
  • the first relay UE information list does not include a version number. Comparing the first version number and the third version number, if the first version number and the third version number are the same, confirm that the first transfer UE information list is an updated transfer UE information list.
  • the method further includes: not receiving an updated heartbeat message sent by the first UE within a second time, sending the The communication state in the communication path passing through the first UE is changed from on-net to off-net, or the communication state in the communication path with the first UE as the next-hop UE is changed from on-net to off-net.
  • the communication state of the target UE can be updated in real time.
  • the method further includes: after receiving Before the second heartbeat message, the first transit UE information list is not received, and the first transit UE information list is not received at the third time after receiving the second heartbeat message, that is, the heartbeat message including the version number can be received,
  • the relay UE information list sent by the first UE has never been received, a second request is sent to the first UE, and the second request is used to instruct the first UE to send the first relay UE information list.
  • the first relay UE information list further includes the communication state of the second UE, the number of transfer hops for data transmission in the first communication path, and the first The device identifier UEID of the UE's next hop UE.
  • the communication state includes an on-net state or an off-net state.
  • the online state is used to indicate that the second UE is in the power-on state, and further, the second UE in the power-on state can directly communicate with other UEs or indirectly communicate with other UEs by forwarding data through the Relay UE.
  • the off-grid state is a power-off state, and further, the second UE in the power-off state cannot directly communicate with other UEs or indirectly communicate with other UEs by forwarding data through the Relay UE.
  • the first relay UE information list further includes the networking identifier of the second UE.
  • the networking identifier is used to indicate whether the second UE has established a connection with the base station or has not established a connection with the base station.
  • the first transit UE information list sent by the first UE after receiving the first transit UE information list sent by the first UE, it can also be considered that the first heartbeat message sent by the first UE is not received before a certain time. If the first transfer UE information list is the latest, then the first unicast message may be sent based on the first transfer UE information list. After a certain period of time, if the first heartbeat message sent by the first UE is still not received, the first unicast message is not sent based on the first relay UE information list.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a communication device.
  • a receiving unit configured to receive a first transfer UE information list sent by the first UE; wherein, the first transfer UE information list includes path information of a first communication path between the first UE and the second UE, and the second UE It is the target UE;
  • the receiving unit is also used to receive the first heartbeat information sent by the first UE, the first heartbeat information includes the device identifier and the first version number of the first UE, and the first version number is used to confirm the first transit UE information Whether the list is an updated transfer UE information list;
  • the sending unit is configured to send the first unicast information based on the first transfer UE information list when it is confirmed based on the first version number that the first transfer UE information list is an updated transfer UE information list .
  • the sending unit is further configured to send the first request to the first UE when it is confirmed based on the first version number that the first transfer UE information list is not an updated transfer UE information list
  • the first request is used to instruct the first UE to send an updated transfer UE information list
  • the receiving unit is also used to receive the updated transfer UE information list sent by the first UE, and the updated transfer UE information list includes the first UE to the third Path information of the second communication path between UEs;
  • a sending unit further configured to send the first unicast information based on the updated relay UE information list.
  • the sending unit is further configured to send the first UE information list to the first UE when the first time is reached after receiving the first heartbeat information and the updated transfer UE information list has not yet been received. one request.
  • the first relay UE information list includes a second version number;
  • the communication device further includes a processing unit; wherein the processing unit is configured to compare the first version number with the second version number number, to confirm that the first transfer UE information list is an updated transfer UE information list based on the first version number.
  • the receiving unit is further configured to receive a second heartbeat message sent by the first UE; the second heartbeat information includes the device identifier and the third version number of the first UE; the processing unit It is also used to compare the first version number with the third version number, so as to confirm based on the first version number that the first transfer UE information list is an updated transfer UE information list.
  • the processing unit is further configured to change the communication state of the first UE from online to off-line if it does not receive an updated heartbeat message sent by the first UE within a second time. network, or modify the communication status of the first UE as the next-hop UE in the communication path from on-net to off-net.
  • the processing unit is further configured to, before receiving the second heartbeat message, not receive the first transit UE information list, and at a third time after receiving the second heartbeat message, The first transfer UE information list is not received either, and a second request is sent to the first UE, where the second request is used to instruct the first UE to send the first transfer UE information list.
  • the first transit UE information list further includes the communication state of the second UE, the transit hop count of data transmission in the first communication path, and the first UE information in the first communication path UEID of the next-hop UE.
  • the first relay UE information list further includes the networking identifier of the second UE.
  • the first unicast message includes service data, a UEID of a source user equipment, a target UEID, and a transit UEID.
  • the processing unit is further configured to, after receiving the first transfer UE information list sent by the first UE, fail to receive the first transfer UE information list sent by the first UE before a certain time.
  • the first unicast message may be sent based on the first relay UE information list.
  • the first unicast message is not sent based on the first relay UE information list.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a chip or a chip system, which is characterized in that it includes a processing circuit and an interface circuit, the interface circuit is used to receive code instructions and transmit them to the processing circuit, and the processing circuit is used to run the code instructions to execute The method described in any possible implementation of any of the above aspects.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, and instructions are stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when the instructions are run on the communication device, the communication device is made to perform any possible operation of any of the above-mentioned aspects. Implement the method described in How to.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a computer program product, which is characterized in that, when the computer program product is executed by the communication device, the communication device is made to perform the method described in any possible implementation of any of the above aspects .
  • FIG. 1A-FIG. 1B exemplarily show a schematic diagram of routing establishment provided by an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 2 exemplarily shows a schematic structural diagram of a communication system 200 provided by an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 3A exemplarily shows a schematic diagram of a communication topology provided by an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 3B exemplarily shows a schematic diagram of another communication topology provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 4 exemplarily shows a schematic structural diagram of a communication system 400 provided by an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 5 exemplarily shows a flow chart of a method for confirming that the received transfer UE information list is the latest version provided by the embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 6 exemplarily shows a schematic structural diagram of a communication device 600 provided by an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 7 exemplarily shows a schematic structural diagram of a communication device 700 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the candidate UE information list records path information of communication paths between one or more other target UEs that can communicate directly or indirectly with the current UE. If the current UE can directly communicate with one or more target UEs, then the transmission data from the current UE to one or more target UEs does not need to be relayed by a relay device. If the current UE cannot directly communicate with one or more target UEs, the transmission data from the current UE to one or more target UEs needs to be relayed by a relay device. There may be one or more communication paths between the current UE and a certain target UE among the one or more target UEs.
  • the path information of the communication path may include one or more of the following: device identifier of the target UE, communication status of the target UE, transit hops for data transmission in the communication path, and device identifier of the next-hop UE.
  • the communication state of the target UE is on-net or off-net
  • the device identifier of the next-hop UE is used to indicate the device identifier of the user equipment adjacent to the current UE in the communication path between the current UE and the target UE.
  • the path information of the communication path may be represented as follows (UEO1, on-network, M1 hop, UER1).
  • UEO1 represents the device identity of the target UE.
  • On-net means that the communication status of UEO1 is on-net, that is, communication is possible.
  • the M1 hop indicates that data from the current UE arriving at UE01 needs to be transferred by M1 transfer devices.
  • UER1 indicates the device identifier of the user equipment adjacent to the current UE among all the transit devices through which the data from the current UE to UE01 passes. If the current UE can directly communicate with UEO1, then the value of M1 is 0, and UER1 is the same as UEO1. If the current UE cannot directly communicate with UEO1, then the value of M1 is greater than 0, and UER1 is different from UEO1.
  • the path information of communication paths between one or more other target UEs that can directly communicate with the current UE is recorded in the direct communication UE information list. That is to say, the current UE can directly communicate with one or more target UEs, so the transmission data from the current UE to one or more target UEs does not need to be relayed by a relay device.
  • the path information of the communication path may include one or more of the following: a device identifier of the target UE, and a communication status of the target UE.
  • the communication status of the target UE is on-net or off-net.
  • the direct communication UE information list records the path information of the communication path between one or more target UEs that can directly communicate with the current UE, then the transit between the current UE and one or more target UEs The number of hops is 0, and the number of transit hops in the above communication path can be omitted, and the default is 0 hops. And the data between the current UE and one or more other target UEs does not need to be transferred by the relay device, so the device ID of the next-hop UE is the device ID of the target UE, and the device ID of the next-hop UE is in the above communication path The number of transit hops in can be omitted.
  • the path information of the communication paths recorded in the direct communication UE information list may be expressed as follows (UE01, online).
  • UEO1 represents the device identity of the target UE.
  • On-net means that the communication status of UEO1 is on-net, that is, communication is possible.
  • the number of transit hops in the path information of the communication path recorded in the direct communication UE information list is all 0, and the device identifier of the next-hop UE is the same as the device identifier of the target UE.
  • the target UE information list is obtained based on the candidate UE information list. That is to say, each UE screens the path information of the communication path recorded in the locally maintained candidate UE information list through preset rules to obtain part of the path information to obtain the target UE information list.
  • the expression form of the path information of the communication path recorded in the target UE information list is similar to the expression form of the path information of the communication path recorded in the candidate UE information list, which will not be repeated in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the preset rule may be to find out the path information of one or more communication paths of one or more target UEs in the candidate UE information list, if a certain target UE has path information of multiple communication paths , then retain the path information of x communication paths among the path information of multiple communication paths for a certain target UE, the communication status in the path information of the x communication paths is in the network, and the number of transit hops is less than the preset transit The number of hops, x is greater than or equal to 1. If a certain target UE has only path information of one communication path, the path information of the one communication path is retained.
  • the preset rule may also be to find out the path information of the communication path of one or more target UEs in the candidate UE information list, and reserve the communication of y target UEs in the path information of the communication path of one or more target UEs
  • the path information of the path, the communication state in the path information of the communication path of y target UEs is the network, and/or the number of transit hops in the path information of the communication path of y target UEs is less than the preset number of transit hops, y greater than or equal to 1.
  • the relay UE information list is for relay user equipment (relay user equipment, Relay UE).
  • Relay UE is a UE capable of relaying information. Based on the target UE information list maintained locally, the Relay UE screens out the path information of the communication paths for which target UEs can provide relay services through preset rules, and obtains the path information of the communication paths of the target UEs that can provide relay services, and The transfer UE information list is obtained based on the path information of the communication path of the target UE that can provide the transfer service. How the Relay UE screens out the path information of the communication path for which target UEs can provide the relay service based on preset rules will be described in detail in subsequent embodiments, and will not be described in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the Relay UE After the Relay UE obtains the relay UE information list, the Relay UE broadcasts the relay UE information list to other UEs, and other UEs within the communication range with the Relay UE will receive the relay UE information list sent by the Relay UE .
  • the UE After receiving the relay UE information list sent by the relay UE, the UE will perform the following operations on the relay UE information list to obtain the temporary UE information list.
  • the following operation may be: if the device identifier of the next-hop UE in the path information of a certain communication path in the transit UE information list is the same as the device identifier of the current UE, discard the path information of the certain communication path.
  • the device identifier of the next-hop UE in the path information of a certain communication path in the transit UE information list is different from the device identifier of the current UE, change the device identifier of the next-hop UE in the path information of the certain communication path to It is the device identifier of the relay UE that sends the relay UE information list, and at the same time, add 1 to the value of the relay hop count in the path information of the certain communication path.
  • Method 1 UE discovery and identification in the long term evolution (LTE) D2D communication protocol formulated by the 3rd generation partnership project (3GPP) standards organization is implemented through the D2D discovery process. Specifically, each UE continuously sends a discovery message, and the discovery message is used for other UEs within the communication distance to discover that the UE is in the network state. After other UEs receive the discovery message of the UE, other UEs can send and receive messages with the UE.
  • LTE long term evolution
  • 3GPP 3rd generation partnership project
  • method 1 can only realize data transmission between two UEs that communicate directly, and cannot realize data transmission between two UEs that cannot communicate directly through a transfer method.
  • Each UE is preset with device identifiers (such as mac addresses, etc.) of other UEs that can communicate.
  • the UE may find the device identity of the UE that wants to communicate with the device identity of other UEs stored locally, and then perform communication based on the device identity of the UE.
  • the communication is realized by presetting the device ID of the UE. If the communication status of the preset UE changes in real time, or the preset UE moves in real time and exceeds the communication distance of the current UE, the current UE cannot communicate with the preset UE. The configured UE communicates. Or other UEs are newly added around the current UE, and the device identifier of the newly added UE is not preset in the current UE, then the current UE cannot communicate with the newly added UE. That is to say, in the second manner, the communication state of the communicating UE and the path information of the communication path with the communicating UE cannot be determined in real time.
  • AD hoc on-demand distance vector routing protocol (AD hoc on-demand distance vector, AODV) or multicast wireless ad hoc network on-demand plane distance vector routing protocol (multicast AD hoc hn-demand distance vector) is Currently commonly used wireless multi-hop AD hoc network routing protocol.
  • the following uses AODV as an example to introduce the route discovery process.
  • AODV uses AODV as an example to introduce the route discovery process.
  • a route from the source node to the destination node needs to be established.
  • the source node will broadcast a route request packet (route request packet, RREQ), which carries the address of the source node and the address of the destination node in the RREQ, and RREQ is used to find the route from the source node to the destination node.
  • route request packet RREQ
  • the destination node When the destination node receives the RREP, the destination node will reply a Route Reply Packet (RREP) to the source node in unicast mode, and when the source node receives the route reply message RREP sent by the destination node, the Routing between nodes is established.
  • RREP Route Reply Packet
  • 1A-1B exemplarily show the process of establishing a route from a source node to a destination node.
  • the source node is node A
  • the destination node is node E.
  • Node B will generate a routing table, the source node in the routing table is node A, the destination node is node E, and the next hop node is node A.
  • Node F will generate a routing table, the source node in the routing table is node A, the destination node is node E, and the next hop node is node A.
  • Node C will receive the RREQ sent by node B, node G will receive the RREQ sent by node F, node C will receive the RREQ sent by node B and node G will parse out the destination address carried by the RREQ after receiving the RREQ sent by node FB , if the destination address is different from the address of node C and the address of node G, then node C and node G send the RREQ to other nodes in the form of broadcast.
  • Node C will generate a routing table, the source node in the routing table is node A, the destination node is node E, and the next hop node is node B.
  • Node G will generate a routing table, the source node in the routing table is node A, the destination node is node E, and the next hop node is node F.
  • Node D will receive the RREQ sent by node C. After receiving the RREQ sent by node C, node D will parse out the destination address carried by the RREQ. If the destination address is different from the address of node D, then node D will broadcast the RREQ as Forms are sent to other nodes.
  • Node D will generate a routing table. In the routing table, the source node is node A, the destination node is node E, and the next hop node is node C. Node E will receive the RREQ sent by node D.
  • node E After receiving the RREQ sent by node D, node E will analyze the destination address carried by RREQ. Node E will generate a routing table. The source node in the routing table is node A, and the destination node is node E, and the next hop node is node D. If the destination address is the same as that of node E, node E discards the received RREQ, and then node E searches for a route to source node A. Specifically, node E generates a RREP, and sends the RREP to node A in unicast form based on a route created by node A according to a route created by the RREQ sent by node A.
  • node E sends the RREP to the next hop node (i.e. node D).
  • node E will generate a routing table.
  • the source node in the routing table is node E, and the destination node is Node A, the next hop node is node E. If the destination address is different from the address of node D, then node D sends the RREP to the next hop node (ie, node C) in unicast form. After node C receives the RREP, node C will generate a routing table. In the routing table, the source node is node E, the destination node is node A, and the next hop node is node D.
  • node C sends the RREP to the next hop node (ie, node B) in unicast form.
  • node B After node B receives the RREP, node B will generate a routing table, the source node in the routing table is node E, the destination node is node A, and the next hop node is node C. If the destination address is different from the address of node B, then node B sends the RREP to the next hop node (ie, node A) in unicast form.
  • node A After node A receives the RREP, node A will generate a routing table, the source node in the routing table is node E, the destination node is node A, and the next hop node is node B. If the destination address is the same as the address of node A, then node A determines that node E can communicate, and the routes between node A to node F and node F to node A have been established, and node A and node E can establish Routers send and receive messages to each other.
  • the source node needs to establish a route with the destination node through the methods shown in Figure 1A and Figure 1B, in order to ensure the reliability of communication, that is to say, the route is when communication is required It will be established only when the communication delay is affected. And in the third way, the source node cannot know the communication status of the destination node in advance, so the route between the source node and the destination node may also fail to be established, resulting in the problem that the source node and the destination node cannot communicate.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a D2D communication method, the method includes: the UE in the D2D network receives the first relay UE information list sent by the Relay UE.
  • the first relay UE information list includes path information of the first communication path between the Relay UE and the target UE.
  • the UE receives heartbeat information sent by the relay UE, and determines whether the first relay UE information list is an updated relay UE information list based on the heartbeat information.
  • the heartbeat information includes the device identification and version number of the Relay UE, and the version number is used to confirm whether the first relay UE information list is an updated relay UE information list; when it is confirmed based on the first version number that the first relay UE information list is an updated relay UE When the information list is used, the first unicast information is sent based on the first relay UE information list. It should be noted that the Relay UE sends heartbeat information continuously (for example, 5s is a cycle).
  • the first relay UE does not receive the heartbeat message sent by the Relay UE before a certain period of time. If the relay UE information list is the latest, then the first unicast message may be sent based on the first relay UE information list. After a certain period of time, the heartbeat information sent by the relay UE is still not received, and the first unicast message is no longer sent based on the first relay UE information list.
  • the UE can confirm whether it is the latest relay UE information list information based on the version number contained in the received heartbeat information.
  • the UE sends a message to the relay UE Requesting to acquire the latest transfer UE information list improves the reliability of the communication state and communication path of the target UE maintained by the UE.
  • a communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application will be described in detail below in combination with the first embodiment and the second embodiment.
  • the scenario involved in the first embodiment is a scenario in which two or more Relay UEs are included in the D2D network.
  • the UE receives heartbeat information continuously sent by other UEs to generate a direct communication UE information list.
  • the Relay UE will generate a relay UE information list based on the direct communication UE information list, and the Relay UE will broadcast the relay UE information list and the device identifier of the Relay UE to other UEs.
  • other UEs After receiving the relay UE information list of the relay UE, other UEs combine the relay UE information list with the locally maintained direct communication UE information list to obtain the first candidate UE information list. If the direct communication UE information list or the transit UE information list changes, the path information recorded in the communication path in the first candidate UE information list will also change. In this way, each UE can know the communication state of the target UE and the path information of the communication path to the target UE in real time by maintaining a first candidate UE information list.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication system 200 provided by an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the communication system 200 may include user equipment 100 , user equipment 200 , user equipment 300 , user equipment 400 and user equipment 500 .
  • the user equipment 100 and the user equipment 500 are non-relay UEs, that is to say, the user equipment 100 and the user equipment 500 cannot forward data.
  • the user equipment 100 can communicate with the user equipment 400, the user equipment 100 can receive the data sent by the user equipment 200, but the user equipment 100 cannot forward the received data sent by the user equipment 200 to the user equipment 400 or User equipment 300.
  • the user equipment 200, the user equipment 300, and the user equipment 400 are Relay UEs, that is, the user equipment 200, the user equipment 300, and the user equipment 400 can forward data.
  • the user equipment 200 may receive the data sent by the user equipment 100 and forward the data sent by the user equipment 100 to the user equipment 400 or the user equipment 300 .
  • the communication system 200 to which the method of the embodiment of the present application can be applied may include more or fewer user equipments.
  • each UE maintains a candidate UE information list in a scenario where there are two or more Relay UEs in a D2D network will be described below.
  • each UE continuously sends heartbeat information, and the heartbeat information carries the device identifier of each UE.
  • Each UE sends heartbeat information in the form of broadcast, and UEs within a communication distance can receive heartbeat information sent by other UEs.
  • Each UE receives heartbeat messages sent by other UEs to generate a direct communication UE information list.
  • the direct communication UE information list includes the equipment identification of the target UE, the communication status of the target UE, the number of transit hops and the equipment identification (user equipment identification, UEID) of the next-hop user equipment, the communication status of the target UE is on-net or off-net,
  • the next-hop UEID is used to indicate the device identity of the user equipment adjacent to the current UE in the communication path between the current UE and the target UE.
  • the user equipment 100 receives the heartbeat information sent by the user equipment 200 to generate the direct communication UE information list of the user equipment 100 .
  • the user equipment 200 receives the heartbeat information sent by the user equipment 100 , the user equipment 300 and the user equipment 400 to generate a direct communication UE information list of the user equipment 200 .
  • the user equipment 300 receives the heartbeat information sent by the user equipment 200 , the user equipment 400 and the user equipment 500 to generate a direct communication UE information list of the user equipment 300 .
  • the user equipment 400 receives the heartbeat information sent by the user equipment 200 and the user equipment 300 to generate a direct communication UE information list of the user equipment 400 .
  • the user equipment 500 receives the heartbeat information sent by the user equipment 300 to generate a direct communication UE information list of the user equipment 500 .
  • Table 1 exemplarily shows the direct communication UE information list of the user equipment 100 .
  • Table 1 can be expressed as (user equipment 200, online, 0, user equipment 200).
  • the device identifier of the target UE shown in Table 1 is user equipment 200
  • the communication status of user equipment 200 is on the network
  • the number of transit hops for the data sent by user equipment 100 to reach user equipment 200 is 0 hops
  • the UEID of the next hop of the user equipment 200 is the user equipment 200 .
  • the transit hop count in the direct communication UE information list is 0, and the next-hop UEID is the same as the device identifier of the target UE, the transit hop count and the next-hop UEID in the direct communication UE information list can be omitted, In this way, the consumption of the direct communication UE information list maintained by each UE can be saved.
  • Table 2 exemplarily shows the simplified direct communication UE information list of the user equipment 100 .
  • Table 2 may be expressed as (user equipment 200, on-net). It should be noted that the direct communication UE information list described in the following embodiments of the present application is a simplified direct communication UE information list.
  • the direct communication UE information lists of the user equipment 200, the user equipment 300, the user equipment 400, and the user equipment 500 are shown in sequence below.
  • Table 3 exemplarily shows the direct communication UE information list of the user equipment 200 .
  • Table 3 may be expressed as (user equipment 100, online), (user equipment 300, online), (user equipment 400, online).
  • Table 4 exemplarily shows the direct communication UE information list of the user equipment 300 .
  • Table 4 may be expressed as (user equipment 200, online), (user equipment 400, online), (user equipment 500, online).
  • Table 5 exemplarily shows the direct communication UE information list of the user equipment 400 .
  • Table 5 may be expressed as (user equipment 200, online), (user equipment 300, online).
  • Table 6 exemplarily shows the direct communication UE information list of the user equipment 500 .
  • Table 6 may be expressed as (user equipment 300, on-net).
  • the Relay UE For the Relay UE in the D2D network, based on the obtained direct communication UE information list, the Relay UE will filter out the target UEs willing to forward data for which target UEs based on the preset rule 1, and obtain the relay UE information list.
  • Preset rule 1 can be any one or more of the following:
  • Way 1 In order to reduce the network scale and the load of sending data, the types of target UEs in the transfer UE information list are less than the preset number.
  • the Relay UE needs to be selected from the 5 target UEs
  • the path information of the communication path of no more than 4 target UEs is saved in the transit UE information list.
  • Method 2 The priority of the target UE in the transit UE information list is as follows: the priority of the target UE on the network is higher than that of the target UE off the network, and the priority of the target UE with a small hop number is higher than that of a large hop number.
  • the relay UE may select from the direct communication UE information list the path information of the communication path of the target UE whose communication status is on the network and save it in the relay UE information list.
  • a certain relay UE may select from the direct communication UE information list the path information of the communication path of the target UE whose transit times are less than the preset hop count and save it in the transit UE information list.
  • Relay UE receives user operation and selects path information of one or more target UEs from the direct communication UE information list and saves them in the relay UE information list.
  • Method 4 The Relay UE screens out the path information of one or more target UEs whose transit hops are less than the preset hops from the direct communication UE information list and saves them in the transit UE information list.
  • the Relay UE broadcasts the locally obtained relay UE information list and the device identifier of the Relay UE to other UEs (including ordinary UEs and Relay UEs) .
  • Other UEs within the communication distance with the Relay UE will receive the relay UE information list and the device identification of the Relay UE sent by the Relay UE.
  • the Relay UE may periodically broadcast the locally obtained relay UE information list and the device identifier of the Relay UE to other UEs.
  • the Relay UE After the Relay UE detects that the local relay UE information list has changed, it sends the updated complete relay UE information list and the device identifier of the Relay UE to other UEs by broadcast.
  • the Relay UE after the Relay UE detects a change in the local relay UE information list, it only broadcasts the path information of the changed target UE and the device identifier of the Relay UE to other UEs.
  • the Relay UE before the Relay UE sends the relay UE information list to other UEs, it can delete the next-hop UEID in each communication path in the relay UE information list, and then delete the relay UE information after deleting the next-hop UEID
  • the list is sent to other UEs.
  • after other UEs receive the relay UE information list after deleting the next-hop UEID they will add the next-hop UEID to the relay UE information list after deleting the next-hop UEID as the relay UE that sent the relay UE information list Equipment Identity.
  • the network load for the Relay UE to send the relay UE information list can be reduced.
  • the Relay UE before the Relay UE sends the relay UE information list to other UEs, it first adds 1 to the relay hop count in the relay UE information list, and then sends the relay UE information list after the relay hop count plus 1 to other UEs. In this way, after receiving the transfer UE information list, other UEs do not need to add 1 to the transfer hop count in the transfer UE information list, which can reduce the processing load of other UEs.
  • the Relay UE does not perform any processing and sends the relay UE information list to other UEs as an example for illustration.
  • each Relay UE in the communication system 200 sends the relay UE information list to other UEs by broadcasting.
  • the user equipment 200 sends the transfer UE information list 1 of the user equipment 200 and the device identifier of the user equipment 200 to the user equipment 100, the user equipment 300 and the user equipment 400 respectively, and the path information in the transfer UE information list 1 of the user equipment 200 It is the same as the path information in the direct communication UE information list of the user equipment 200 .
  • the user equipment 300 sends the transfer UE information list 1 of the user equipment 300 and the device identifier of the user equipment 300 to the user equipment 200, the user equipment 400, and the user equipment 500 respectively, and the path information in the transfer UE information list 1 of the user equipment 300 and the user equipment
  • the path information in the direct communication UE information list of device 300 is the same.
  • the user equipment 400 sends the transfer UE information list 1 of the user equipment 400 and the device identifier of the user equipment 400 to the user equipment 200 and the user equipment 300 respectively, and the path information in the transfer UE information list 1 of the user equipment 400 and the direct link of the user equipment 400
  • the path information in the communication UE information list is the same.
  • the UE Before the UE combines the locally maintained direct communication UE information list and the transfer UE information list, it needs to process the received transfer UE information list to obtain a temporary UE information list.
  • the UE may process the received transfer UE information list based on preset rule 2 to obtain a temporary UE information list.
  • the preset rule 2 can be any one or several of the following methods:
  • Method 1 Among the communication paths recorded in the received transit UE information list, delete the communication paths in which the device identifier of the target UE recorded in the path information of the route path is the same as its own device identifier, and obtain the temporary UE information list.
  • Method 2 Among the communication paths recorded in the received transit UE information list, delete the communication paths whose next-hop UEID recorded in the path information of the path path is the same as its own device identifier, and obtain the temporary UE information list.
  • Method 3 In the communication path recorded in the received transit UE information list, increase the transit hop count in the communication path in which the UEID of the next hop recorded in the path information of the path path is different from its own device identifier by 1, and at the same time add The next-hop UEID in the path information of the corresponding communication path is modified to the device identifier sent by the Relay UE that sent the relay UE information list, and the temporary UE information list is obtained.
  • the manners of obtaining the temporary UE information list based on the transit UE information list are not limited to the above two manners, and may also be other manners, which are not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the following describes how the user equipment 200 obtains the temporary UE information list according to the received relay UE information list.
  • the user equipment 200 can directly communicate with the user equipment 300 and the user equipment 400, then the user equipment 200 can receive the transfer UE information lists sent by the user equipment 300 and the user equipment 400 respectively.
  • the user equipment 200 receives the relay UE information list sent by the user equipment 300. From the foregoing, it can be seen that the relay UE information list of the user equipment 300 and the direct communication UE information list of the user equipment 300 are the same.
  • the user equipment 200 processes the transit UE information list of the user equipment 300 based on the above preset rule 2 to obtain the temporary UE information list 1 of the user equipment 200 .
  • Device identity of the target UE Communication status of the target UE transit hops next hop UEID user equipment 400 online 1 user equipment 300 user equipment 500 online 1 user equipment 300
  • Table 7 shows the first temporary UE information list obtained by the user equipment 200 based on the transfer UE information list of the user equipment 300 .
  • the device identifier of the target UE is user equipment 400
  • the communication status of user equipment 400 is online
  • the number of transit hops passed by the data from user equipment 200 to user equipment 400 is 1
  • the data from user equipment 200 to user equipment 400 The UEID of the next hop is the user equipment 300 .
  • the device identifier of the target UE may also be the user equipment 500
  • the communication status of the user equipment 500 is online
  • the number of transit hops passed by the data from the user equipment 200 to the user equipment 500 is 1, and the next step of the data from the user equipment 200 to the user equipment 500 is 1.
  • the one-hop UEID is the user equipment 300 .
  • the user equipment 200 will also receive the relay UE information list sent by the user equipment 400.
  • the relay UE information list of the user equipment 400 is the same as the direct communication UE information list of the user equipment 400.
  • the transit UE information list of the user equipment 400 is processed based on the above preset rule 2 to obtain the temporary UE information list 2 of the user equipment 200 .
  • Table 8 shows the second temporary UE information list obtained by the user equipment 200 based on the transfer UE information list of the user equipment 400 .
  • the device identifier of the target UE is user equipment 300
  • the communication status of user equipment 300 is online
  • the number of transit hops passed by the data from user equipment 200 to user equipment 300 is 1, and the data from user equipment 200 to user equipment 300
  • the UEID of the next hop is the user equipment 400.
  • the user equipment 100 may also receive the transfer UE information list sent by the user equipment 200 . And based on the above preset rule 2, the transit UE information list of the user equipment 200 is processed, and the temporary UE information list 1 of the user equipment 100 shown in Table 9 is obtained.
  • Device identity of the target UE Communication status of the target UE transit hops next hop UEID user equipment 300 online 1 user equipment 200 user equipment 400 online 1 user equipment 200
  • the user equipment 300 may also receive the transfer UE information lists sent by the user equipment 200 and the user equipment 400 respectively.
  • the user equipment 300 processes the transit UE information list of the user equipment 200 based on the above preset rule 2, and obtains the temporary UE information list 1 of the user equipment 300 shown in Table 10.
  • Device identity of the target UE Communication status of the target UE transit hops next hop UEID user equipment 100 online 1 user equipment 200 user equipment 400 online 1 user equipment 200
  • the user equipment 300 processes the transit UE information list of the user equipment 400 based on the above preset rule 2, and obtains the temporary UE information list 2 of the user equipment 300 shown in Table 11.
  • the user equipment 400 may also receive the transfer UE information lists sent by the user equipment 200 and the user equipment 300 respectively.
  • the user equipment 400 processes the transit UE information list of the user equipment 200 based on the above preset rule 2, and obtains the temporary UE information list 1 of the user equipment 400 shown in Table 12.
  • Device identity of the target UE Communication status of the target UE transit hops next hop UEID user equipment 100 online 1 user equipment 200 user equipment 300 online 1 user equipment 200
  • the user equipment 400 processes the transit UE information list of the user equipment 300 based on the above preset rule 2, and obtains the temporary UE information list 2 of the user equipment 400 shown in Table 13.
  • Device identity of the target UE Communication status of the target UE transit hops next hop UEID user equipment 200 online 1 user equipment 300 user equipment 500 online 1 user equipment 300
  • the user equipment 500 may also receive the transfer UE information list sent by the user equipment 300 . And based on the above preset rule 2, the transit UE information list of the user equipment 300 is processed, and the temporary UE information list 1 of the user equipment 500 shown in Table 14 is obtained.
  • Device identity of the target UE Communication status of the target UE transit hops next hop UEID user equipment 200 online 1 user equipment 300 user equipment 400 online 1 user equipment 300
  • the UE may combine the temporary UE information list and the direct communication UE information list based on preset rule 3 to obtain a candidate UE information list.
  • the default rule three can be any one or several of the following:
  • Method 1 If the device ID and next-hop UEID of the target UE in a communication path in the temporary UE information list are the same as the device ID and next-hop UEID of the target UE in a communication path in the direct communication UE information list If they are the same, the communication path in the direct communication UE information list is deleted. That is, new information overwrites old information.
  • Method 2 If the relay UE information list sent by the Relay UE is a complete relay UE information list, it includes the path information of all target UEs, not just the changed path information of the target UE sent. Then if the communication path of a certain target UE does not exist in the temporary UE information list, but the communication path of the certain target UE exists in the direct communication UE information list, and the communication path of the certain target UE in the direct communication UE information list If the UEID of the next hop in the communication path is the same as the device identifier of the Relay UE that sends the relay UE information list, and the number of relay hops in the communication path is greater than 0, it means that the Relay UE will not provide the function of forwarding data to a certain target UE. Then, the UE changes the communication state of the communication path of the certain target UE in the direct communication UE information list from on-net to off-net.
  • Method 3 For the temporary UE information list and the direct communication UE information list, if the UE storage space only allows saving X pieces of path information for the same target UE, then set the communication status in the path information of the communication path of the same target UE to " The communication paths of "on-net" are sorted according to the number of transit hops from small to large, and X communication paths with a number of hops less than the preset number are selected and reserved. If the number of transit hops in multiple communication paths of the same target UE is the same, reserve the one with the highest received power among the multiple communication paths of the same target UE, or preferentially select the transmission UE with higher received power (or) to obtain target UE information.
  • the communication path whose communication state is "off-grid" has the lowest priority, and the UE may delete the communication path whose communication state is "off-grid" among the communication paths of the target UE.
  • Method 4 For the temporary UE information list and the direct communication UE information list, if the storage space of the device only allows Y different types of target UEs to be stored, the "on-network" target UE has a higher priority than the "off-network" target UE. A target UE with a small hop count has a higher priority than a target UE with a large hop count. Or the user chooses which communication paths of the target UEs to save.
  • Way 5 In order to reduce the network scale, delete the path information of the communication paths whose transit hop count is greater than the preset hop count in the transfer UE information list and the direct communication information list.
  • the following describes how the user equipment 200 combines the temporary UE information list 1, the temporary UE information list 2 and the direct communication UE information list of the user equipment 200.
  • the user equipment 200 merges the temporary UE information list 1, the temporary UE information list 2 and the direct communication UE information list of the user equipment 200 based on the above preset rule 3 to obtain the candidate UE information list 1 of the user equipment 200 .
  • Device identity of the target UE Communication status of the target UE transit hops next hop UEID user equipment 100 online 0 user equipment 100 user equipment 300 online 0 user equipment 300 user equipment 400 online 0 user equipment 400 user equipment 400 online 1 user equipment 300 user equipment 500 online 1 user equipment 300 user equipment 300 online 1 user equipment 400
  • Table 15 shows that the user equipment 200 obtains the first candidate UE information list of the user equipment 200 based on the first temporary UE information list, the second temporary UE information list and the direct communication UE information list of the user equipment 200 .
  • the device identifier of the target UE is user equipment 100
  • the communication status of user equipment 100 is online
  • the number of transit hops for the data of user equipment 200 to reach user equipment 100 is 0,
  • the number of transit hops for data of user equipment 200 to reach user equipment 100 is 0.
  • the next hop UEID is the user equipment 100 .
  • the device identifier of the target UE may also be the user equipment 300, the communication status of the user equipment 300 is online, the number of transit hops for the data of the user equipment 200 to reach the user equipment 300 is 0, and the data of the user equipment 200 arrives at the next hop of the user equipment 300.
  • the jump UEID is the user equipment 300 .
  • the device identifier of the target UE can also be the user equipment 400, the communication status of the user equipment 400 is on the network, the number of transit hops for the data of the user equipment 200 to reach the user equipment 400 is 0, and the next hop for the data of the user equipment 200 to reach the user equipment 400 UEID is user equipment 400 .
  • the device identifier of the target UE can also be the user equipment 400, the communication status of the user equipment 400 is on the network, the number of transit hops for the data of the user equipment 200 to reach the user equipment 400 is 1, and the next hop for the data of the user equipment 200 to reach the user equipment 400 UEID is user equipment 300 .
  • the device identifier of the target UE can also be the user equipment 500, the communication status of the user equipment 500 is on the network, the number of transit hops for the data of the user equipment 200 to reach the user equipment 500 is 1, and the next hop for the data of the user equipment 200 to reach the user equipment 500 UEID is user equipment 300 .
  • the device identifier of the target UE can also be the user equipment 300, the communication status of the user equipment 300 is on the network, the number of transit hops for the data of the user equipment 200 to reach the user equipment 300 is 1, and the next hop for the data of the user equipment 200 to reach the user equipment 300 UEID is user equipment 400 .
  • the user equipment 100 may combine the temporary UE information list 1 of the user equipment 100 and the direct communication UE information list of the user equipment 100 to obtain the candidate UE information list 1 of the user equipment 100 .
  • Device identity of the target UE Communication status of the target UE transit hops next hop UEID user equipment 200 online 0 user equipment 200 user equipment 300 online 1 user equipment 200 user equipment 400 online 1 user equipment 200
  • Table 16 shows that the user equipment 100 obtains the candidate UE information list 1 of the user equipment 100 based on the temporary UE information list 1 of the user equipment 100 and the direct communication UE information list of the user equipment 100 .
  • the user equipment 300 may combine the temporary UE information list 1 of the user equipment 300 , the temporary UE information list 2 and the direct communication UE information list of the user equipment 300 to obtain the candidate UE information list 1 of the user equipment 300 .
  • Device identity of the target UE Communication status of the target UE transit hops next hop UEID user equipment 200 online 0 user equipment 200 user equipment 400 online 0 user equipment 400 user equipment 500 online 0 user equipment 500 user equipment 100 online 1 user equipment 200 user equipment 400 online 1 user equipment 200 user equipment 200 online 1 user equipment 400
  • Table 17 shows that the user equipment 300 obtains the first candidate UE information list of the user equipment 300 based on the first temporary UE information list of the user equipment 300 , the second temporary UE information list and the direct communication UE information list of the user equipment 300 .
  • the user equipment 400 may combine the first temporary UE information list of the user equipment 400 , the second temporary UE information list and the direct communication UE information list of the user equipment 400 to obtain the first candidate UE information list of the user equipment 400 .
  • Device identity of the target UE Communication status of the target UE transit hops next hop UEID user equipment 200 online 0 user equipment 200 user equipment 300 online 0 user equipment 300 user equipment 100 online 1 user equipment 200 user equipment 300 online 1 user equipment 200 user equipment 200 online 1 user equipment 300 user equipment 500 online 1 user equipment 300
  • Table 18 shows that the user equipment 400 obtains the candidate UE information list 1 of the user equipment 400 based on the temporary UE information list 1 of the user equipment 400 , the temporary UE information list 2 and the direct communication UE information list of the user equipment 400 .
  • the user equipment 500 may combine the temporary UE information list 1 of the user equipment 500 and the direct communication UE information list of the user equipment 500 to obtain the candidate UE information list 1 of the user equipment 500 .
  • Device identity of the target UE Communication status of the target UE transit hops next hop UEID user equipment 300 online 0 user equipment 300 user equipment 200 online 1 user equipment 300 user equipment 400 online 1 user equipment 300
  • Table 19 shows that the user equipment 500 obtains the candidate UE information list 1 of the user equipment 500 based on the temporary UE information list 1 of the user equipment 500 and the direct communication UE information list of the user equipment 500 .
  • the candidate UE information list may record two or more different paths of the same UE, then the UE can communicate from two or more different communication paths of the same target UE.
  • An optimal communication path is screened out, and a target UE information list is generated. In this way, what the UE maintains is the optimal path to each target UE.
  • the optimal path means that the communication state of the target UE in the communication path is on the network, and the number of transit hops is the least.
  • the user equipment 100 will filter out the optimal communication path of the same target UE based on the candidate UE information list 1 of the user equipment 100, and obtain the target UE information list of the user equipment 100 as shown in Table 20.
  • Device identity of the target UE Communication status of the target UE transit hops next hop UEID user equipment 200 online 0 user equipment 200 user equipment 300 online 1 user equipment 200 user equipment 400 online 1 user equipment 200
  • the user equipment 200 screens out the optimal communication path of the same target UE, and obtains the target UE information list of the user equipment 200 as shown in Table 21.
  • Device identity of the target UE Communication status of the target UE transit hops next hop UEID user equipment 100 online 0 user equipment 100 user equipment 300 online 0 user equipment 300 user equipment 400 online 0 user equipment 400 user equipment 500 online 1 user equipment 300
  • the user equipment 300 screens out the optimal communication path of the same target UE, and obtains the target UE information list of the user equipment 300 as shown in Table 22.
  • Device identity of the target UE Communication status of the target UE transit hops next hop UEID user equipment 200 online 0 user equipment 200 user equipment 400 online 0 user equipment 400 user equipment 500 online 0 user equipment 500 user equipment 100 online 1 user equipment 200
  • the user equipment 400 screens out the optimal communication path of the same target UE, and obtains the target UE information list of the user equipment 400 as shown in Table 23.
  • Device identity of the target UE Communication status of the target UE transit hops next hop UEID user equipment 200 online 0 user equipment 200 user equipment 300 online 0 user equipment 300 user equipment 100 online 1 user equipment 200 user equipment 500 online 1 user equipment 300
  • the user equipment 500 screens out the optimal communication path of the same target UE, and obtains the target UE information list of the user equipment 500 as shown in Table 24.
  • Device identity of the target UE Communication status of the target UE transit hops next hop UEID user equipment 300 online 0 user equipment 300 user equipment 200 online 1 user equipment 300 user equipment 400 online 1 user equipment 300
  • the Relay UE After each UE obtains the maintained target UE information list, the Relay UE will periodically obtain the relay UE information list based on the target UE information list through the preset rule 1 introduced above. In this way, the relay UE can periodically send the relay UE information list to other UEs based on the relay UE information list maintained in real time, so that other UEs can update the locally maintained candidate UE information list. Or, based on the relay UE information list maintained in real time, the Relay UE can monitor whether the relay UE information list has changed, and after the relay UE information list changes, it will relay the changed path information in the relay UE information list or complete The transfer UE information list is sent to other UEs, so that other UEs can update the locally maintained candidate UE information list.
  • the Relay UE obtains the relay UE information list based on the target UE information list through the preset rule 1 introduced above.
  • the transfer UE information list is obtained from the target UE information list, and the transfer UE information list is obtained based on the direct communication UE information list.
  • the method of how the Relay UE obtains the relay UE information list based on the target UE information list through the above-mentioned preset rule 1 will not be described in detail.
  • the user equipment 200 processes the target information list based on a preset rule, and obtains the second transfer UE information list of the user equipment 200 as shown in Table 25.
  • Device identity of the target UE Communication status of the target UE transit hops next hop UEID user equipment 100 online 0 user equipment 100 user equipment 300 online 0 user equipment 300 user equipment 400 online 0 user equipment 400 user equipment 500 online 1 user equipment 300
  • the user equipment 300 processes the target information list based on a preset rule, and obtains the second transfer UE information list of the user equipment 300 as shown in Table 26.
  • Device identity of the target UE Communication status of the target UE transit hops next hop UEID user equipment 200 online 0 user equipment 200 user equipment 400 online 0 user equipment 400 user equipment 500 online 0 user equipment 500 user equipment 100 online 1 user equipment 200
  • the user equipment 400 processes the target information list based on a preset rule, and obtains the second transfer UE information list of the user equipment 400 as shown in Table 27.
  • Device identity of the target UE Communication status of the target UE transit hops next hop UEID user equipment 200 online 0 user equipment 200 user equipment 300 online 0 user equipment 300 user equipment 100 online 1 user equipment 200 user equipment 500 online 1 user equipment 300
  • the Relay UE After the Relay UE obtains the relay UE information list based on the target UE information list, the Relay UE broadcasts the updated relay UE information list and the device identifier of the Relay UE to other UEs, and other UEs receive the information sent by the Relay UE. After the updated transfer UE information list, other UEs combine the locally maintained candidate UE information list with the received updated transfer UE information list to obtain an updated candidate UE information list.
  • the UE Before combining the locally maintained candidate UE information list with the received updated transit UE information list, the UE needs to process the received updated transit UE information list to obtain an updated temporary UE information list. Specifically, the UE may process the received updated transit UE information list based on the preset rule 2 introduced in the above embodiment, to obtain an updated temporary UE information list.
  • the embodiments of this application will not be described in detail.
  • the user equipment 100 may receive the transfer UE information list 2 sent by the user equipment 200, and process the transfer UE information list 2 of the user equipment 200 based on the above preset rule 2, and obtain the user equipment 100 as shown in Table 28 Temporary UE information list 2.
  • Device identity of the target UE Communication status of the target UE transit hops next hop UEID user equipment 300 online 1 user equipment 200 user equipment 400 online 1 user equipment 200 user equipment 500 online 2 user equipment 200
  • the user equipment 200 may receive the transfer UE information list 2 sent by the user equipment 300, and process the transfer UE information list 2 of the user equipment 300 based on the above preset rule 2 to obtain the temporary UE information of the user equipment 200 as shown in Table 29. Information list three.
  • Device identity of the target UE Communication status of the target UE transit hops next hop UEID user equipment 400 online 1 user equipment 300 user equipment 500 online 1 user equipment 300
  • the user equipment 200 may receive the transfer UE information list 2 sent by the user equipment 400, and process the transfer UE information list 2 of the user equipment 400 based on the above preset rule 2 to obtain the temporary UE information of the user equipment 200 as shown in Table 30.
  • Information list four may be received from the user equipment 400, and process the transfer UE information list 2 of the user equipment 400 based on the above preset rule 2 to obtain the temporary UE information of the user equipment 200 as shown in Table 30. Information list four.
  • Device identity of the target UE Communication status of the target UE transit hops next hop UEID user equipment 300 online 1 user equipment 400 user equipment 500 online 2 user equipment 400
  • the user equipment 300 may receive the transfer UE information list 2 sent by the user equipment 200, and process the transfer UE information list 2 of the user equipment 200 based on the above preset rule 2, and obtain the temporary UE information of the user equipment 300 as shown in Table 31. Information list three.
  • Device identity of the target UE Communication status of the target UE transit hops next hop UEID user equipment 100 online 1 user equipment 200 user equipment 400 online 1 user equipment 200
  • the user equipment 300 may receive the transfer UE information list 2 sent by the user equipment 400, and process the transfer UE information list 2 of the user equipment 400 based on the above preset rule 2 to obtain the temporary UE information of the user equipment 300 as shown in Table 32.
  • Information list four may be received from the user equipment 400, and process the transfer UE information list 2 of the user equipment 400 based on the above preset rule 2 to obtain the temporary UE information of the user equipment 300 as shown in Table 32. Information list four.
  • Device identity of the target UE Communication status of the target UE transit hops next hop UEID user equipment 200 online 1 user equipment 400 user equipment 100 online 2 user equipment 400
  • the user equipment 400 may receive the transfer UE information list 2 sent by the user equipment 200, and process the transfer UE information list 2 of the user equipment 200 based on the above preset rule 2 to obtain the temporary UE information of the user equipment 400 as shown in Table 33. Information list three.
  • Device identity of the target UE Communication status of the target UE transit hops next hop UEID user equipment 100 online 1 user equipment 200 user equipment 300 online 1 user equipment 200 user equipment 500 online 2 user equipment 200
  • the user equipment 400 may receive the transfer UE information list 2 sent by the user equipment 300, and process the transfer UE information list 2 of the user equipment 300 based on the above preset rule 2 to obtain the temporary UE information of the user equipment 400 as shown in Table 34. Information list four.
  • Device identity of the target UE Communication status of the target UE transit hops next hop UEID user equipment 200 online 1 user equipment 300 user equipment 500 online 1 user equipment 300 user equipment 100 online 2 user equipment 300
  • the user equipment 500 may receive the transfer UE information list 2 sent by the user equipment 300, and process the transfer UE information list 2 of the user equipment 300 based on the above preset rule 2, and obtain the temporary UE information of the user equipment 500 as shown in Table 35. Information list two.
  • Device identity of the target UE Communication status of the target UE transit hops next hop UEID user equipment 200 online 1 user equipment 300 user equipment 400 online 1 user equipment 300 user equipment 100 online 2 user equipment 300
  • the UE may combine the updated temporary UE information list with the locally maintained candidate UE information list based on preset rule 3 to obtain an updated candidate UE information list.
  • preset rule 3 For details, reference may be made to relevant descriptions in the aforementioned preset rule 3, which will not be repeated in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the UE obtains the updated candidate UE information list based on the preset rule three introduced above, which is directly combined with the UE based on the temporary UE information list and the locally maintained list.
  • the principle of merging the communication UE information list to obtain the candidate UE information list is the same, but here is based on the combination of the updated temporary UE information list and the locally maintained candidate UE information list to obtain the updated candidate UE information list. The foregoing is based on the temporary UE information list.
  • the information list is combined with the locally maintained direct communication UE information list to obtain a candidate UE information list. In this embodiment of the present application, how the UE obtains the updated candidate UE information list based on the combination of the updated temporary UE information list and the locally maintained candidate UE information list through the above-mentioned preset rule three will not be described in detail.
  • the user equipment 100 combines the temporary UE information list 2 of the user equipment 100 and the candidate UE information list 1 of the user equipment 100 based on the above preset rule 3 to obtain the second candidate UE information list of the user equipment 100 as shown in Table 36.
  • Device identity of the target UE Communication status of the target UE transit hops next hop UEID user equipment 200 online 0 user equipment 200 user equipment 300 online 1 user equipment 200 user equipment 400 online 1 user equipment 200 user equipment 500 online 2 user equipment 200
  • the user equipment 200 combines the temporary UE information list 3 and the temporary UE information list 4 of the user equipment 200 with the candidate UE information list 1 of the user equipment 200 based on the above preset rule 3, and obtains the candidate UE 200 as shown in Table 37 UE information list two.
  • Device identity of the target UE Communication status of the target UE transit hops next hop UEID user equipment 100 online 0 user equipment 100 user equipment 300 online 0 user equipment 300 user equipment 400 online 0 user equipment 400 user equipment 400 online 1 user equipment 300 user equipment 500 online 1 user equipment 300 user equipment 300 online 1 user equipment 400 user equipment 500 online 2 user equipment 400
  • the user equipment 300 combines the temporary UE information list 3 and the temporary UE information list 4 of the user equipment 300 with the candidate UE information list 1 of the user equipment 300 based on the above preset rule 3 to obtain the candidate UE 300 as shown in Table 38 UE information list two.
  • Device identity of the target UE Communication status of the target UE transit hops next hop UEID user equipment 200 online 0 user equipment 200 user equipment 400 online 0 user equipment 400 user equipment 500 online 0 user equipment 500 user equipment 100 online 1 user equipment 200 user equipment 400 online 1 user equipment 200 user equipment 200 online 1 user equipment 400 user equipment 100 online 2 user equipment 400
  • the user equipment 400 combines the temporary UE information list 3 and the temporary UE information list 4 of the user equipment 400 with the candidate UE information list 1 of the user equipment 400 based on the above preset rule 3, and obtains the candidate UE 400 as shown in Table 39 UE information list two.
  • Device identity of the target UE Communication status of the target UE transit hops next hop UEID user equipment 200 online 0 user equipment 200 user equipment 300 online 0 user equipment 300 user equipment 100 online 1 user equipment 200 user equipment 300 online 1 user equipment 200 user equipment 200 online 1 user equipment 300 user equipment 500 online 1 user equipment 300 user equipment 500 online 2 user equipment 200 user equipment 100 online 2 user equipment 400
  • the user equipment 500 combines the temporary UE information list 2 of the user equipment 500 and the candidate UE information list 1 of the user equipment 500 based on the above preset rule 3 to obtain the second candidate UE information list of the user equipment 500 as shown in Table 40.
  • Device identity of the target UE Communication status of the target UE transit hops next hop UEID user equipment 300 online 0 user equipment 300 user equipment 200 online 1 user equipment 300 user equipment 400 online 1 user equipment 300 user equipment 100 online 2 user equipment 300
  • the UE After the UE obtains the updated candidate UE information list, it can receive the heartbeat information of another UE before, but after a certain moment, it cannot receive the heartbeat information of another UE, then the UE can use the updated candidate UE information In the list, another UE is used as the target UE, and the communication status of the communication path whose transit hop count is 0 is changed from on-net to off-net.
  • the heartbeat information of another UE can be received before, but after a certain time, the heartbeat information of another UE cannot be received, then the UE can add the next-hop UEID to the updated candidate UE information list as The communication state of another UE's device identification and the communication path whose transit hop count is greater than 0 is also modified by the on-network and off-network. Then, the arrangement of the communication paths in the candidate UE information list is adjusted smoothly, and the path information of the on-network communication paths is arranged before the path information of the off-network communication paths.
  • the distance between the user equipment 200 and the user equipment 300 exceeds the distance that can be directly communicated, then the user equipment 200 cannot receive the heartbeat message sent by the user equipment 300, and the user equipment 300 cannot receive the heartbeat message.
  • a heartbeat message sent by the user equipment 200 Then the communication topology shown in FIG. 2 becomes the communication topology shown in FIG. 3A.
  • the double-headed arrows shown in FIG. 2 and FIG. 3A indicate that the distance between two devices is within the direct communication distance, and the two devices can send and receive data to each other.
  • the user equipment 200 In the communication topology shown in FIG. 3A , direct communication between the user equipment 200 and the user equipment 300 is impossible, so the user equipment 200 cannot receive the heartbeat message sent by the user equipment 300, and the user equipment 300 cannot receive the heartbeat message sent by the user equipment 200. heartbeat message. In this case, the user equipment 200 will update the second candidate UE information list of the user equipment 200 to obtain the third candidate UE information list of the user equipment 200 as shown in Table 41 .
  • Device identity of the target UE Communication status of the target UE transit hops next hop UEID user equipment 100 online 0 user equipment 100 user equipment 300 Off-grid 0 user equipment 300 user equipment 400 online 0 user equipment 400 user equipment 400 Off-grid 1 user equipment 300 user equipment 500 Off-grid 1 user equipment 300 user equipment 300 online 1 user equipment 400 user equipment 500 online 2 user equipment 400
  • the user equipment 200 changes the communication status of the target UE whose target UE is the user equipment 300 and whose transit hop count is 0 in the candidate UE information list 2 of the user equipment 200 to off-network. It is also necessary to change the communication state of the communication path whose next hop UEID is the user equipment 300 and whose transit hop count is greater than 0 to off-network, as shown in Table 41.
  • the user equipment 300 also needs to update the second candidate UE information list of the user equipment 300 to obtain the third candidate UE information list of the user equipment 300 as shown in Table 42 .
  • Device identity of the target UE Communication status of the target UE transit hops next hop UEID user equipment 200 Off-grid 0 user equipment 200 user equipment 400 online 0 user equipment 400 user equipment 500 online 0 user equipment 500 user equipment 100 Off-grid 1 user equipment 200 user equipment 400 Off-grid 1 user equipment 200 user equipment 200 online 1 user equipment 400 user equipment 100 online 2 user equipment 400
  • the user equipment 300 modifies the communication status of the target UE whose target UE is the user equipment 200 and whose transit hop count is 0 in the candidate UE information list 2 of the user equipment 300 to off-network. It is also necessary to change the communication state of the communication path whose next hop UEID is the user equipment 200 and whose transit hop count is greater than 0 to off-network, as shown in Table 42.
  • the user equipment 200 and the user equipment 300 are Relay UEs
  • the user equipment 200 and the user equipment 300 need to obtain the target UE information list based on the candidate UE information list 3, and obtain the updated relay relay based on the preset rule 1 screening.
  • the UE information list is then broadcast to other UEs.
  • other UEs can update the path information to other target UEs in real time according to the transfer UE information list.
  • how to obtain the target UE information list based on the candidate UE information list 3 obtain the updated transfer UE information list based on the target UE information list, and how other UEs update the candidate UE information list according to the transfer UE information list.
  • the UE in the D2D network monitors the communication status and communication path information of the target UE that can communicate in real time by maintaining a candidate UE information list. In this way, each UE can communicate with the target UE based on the locally maintained candidate UE information list.
  • unicast message 1 includes business data, first source UEID, first target UEID, first relay UEID, Wherein, the first source UEID is used to indicate the device identity of the service data sender, the first target UEID is used to indicate the device identity of the service data receiver, and the first transit UEID is used to indicate the communication between the first UE and the service data receiver UEID of the next hop in the path.
  • the current UE may be the sender of the service data or the forwarder of the service data.
  • Messages can be sent between two UEs based on the following steps.
  • Step 1 The current UE finds the same communication path as the target UE in the locally maintained candidate UE information list or target UE information list.
  • the current UE does not find the same communication path as the target UE in the locally maintained candidate UE information list or target UE information list, it means that the current UE cannot communicate with the target UE, and the unicast information is discarded.
  • the current UE finds the same communication path as the target UE in the locally maintained candidate UE information list or the target UE information list, but the communication status of the target UE in the communication path is off-network, cache the unicast message one, and After a period of time, the current UE searches for the same communication path as the target UE in the locally maintained candidate UE information list or target UE information list until the communication status in the same communication path as the target UE is online. The current UE sends the unicast message 1 to the target UE based on step 2.
  • the current number of unicast messages buffered by the UE shall not be greater than the preset number. If the number of unicast messages cached by the current UE is greater than the preset number after the current UE caches the unicast message, the current UE discards the earliest cached unicast message.
  • the time of the same unicast message buffered by the current UE shall not be longer than the preset time. If the current UE caches the unicast message 1 for a preset time, but the communication state in the same communication path as the target UE is still off-network, the current UE discards the unicast message 1.
  • Step 2 If the current UE finds the same communication path as the target UE in the candidate UE information list or target UE information list maintained locally by the current UE, judge whether the transit hop count is 0.
  • the current UE determines the first transit UEID of the unicast message 1 as null or the device identifier of the target UE, and the current UE sends the unicast message 1 to the target UE.
  • the first transit UEID in the unicast message 1 is determined as the next-hop UEID in the communication path, and the current UE sends the unicast message 1 to the next-hop UEID in the communication path.
  • the current UE may find two or more than two communication paths to the target UE from the candidate UE information list maintained locally by the current UE, so in some embodiments, the current UE may send the unicast message to They are respectively sent through two or more than two communication paths reaching the target UE, so that the reliability of sending the unicast message can be guaranteed.
  • the first source UEID is the device identifier of the current UE.
  • the first target UEID finds the communication path between the first UE and the service data receiver from the candidate UE information list or target UE information list maintained by the current UE; if the communication If the number of transit hops in the path is 0, the first transit UEID in unicast message 1 is set to be empty or the target UEID; if the transit hop count in the communication path is greater than 0, the first transit UEID in unicast message 1 The transit UEID is determined as the next-hop UEID in the communication path.
  • Unicast message 2 includes service data, a second source UEID, a second target UEID, and a second transit UEID; wherein, the second source UEID is used to indicate the device identity of the sender of the service data, and the second target UEID is used to indicate the service data receiving The device identifier of the party, and the second relay UEID is the device identifier of the current UE. Afterwards, the current UE generates unicast message 1 based on unicast message 2.
  • the current UE finds the communication path between the unicast message 2 and the service data receiver; if the number of transit hops in the communication path is 0, the unicast The first transit UEID in message one is determined to be empty or the target UEID; if the transit hop count in the communication path is greater than 0, then determine the first transit UEID in unicast message one as the next UEID in the communication path Jump UEID.
  • This embodiment of the present application is described by taking the user equipment 200 sending a unicast message 1 to the user equipment 500 as an example. Then the first target UEID in the unicast message one is the device identifier of the user equipment 500 .
  • the first target UEID in the first unicast message is the device identifier of the user equipment 500 .
  • the second unicast message includes service data, a second source UEID, a second target UEID, and a second transit UEID; the second source UEID is used to indicate the device identifier of the sender of the service data, and the second target UEID is the device identifier of the user equipment 500,
  • the second transit UEID is the device identifier of the user equipment 200 .
  • the user equipment 200 generates a unicast message 1 based on the unicast message 2 .
  • the user equipment 200 finds the communication path where the target UE is the user equipment 500 from the candidate UE information list or the target UE information list of the user equipment 200, for example, the table The fifth communication path shown in 37.
  • the transit hop count of the fifth communication path shown in Table 37 is 1, and the first transit UEID in the unicast message one determines the device identifier of the user equipment 300 .
  • the user equipment 200 sends the unicast message one to the next-hop UEID in the fifth communication path shown in Table 37, that is, the user equipment 300.
  • the first source UEID in the first unicast message is the device identifier of the user equipment 200
  • the first target UEID is the device identifier of the user equipment 500
  • the user equipment 200 finds the communication path whose target UE is the user equipment 500 from the candidate UE information list 2 of the user equipment 200, for example, the fifth communication path shown in Table 37 .
  • the transit hop count of the fifth communication path shown in Table 37 is 1, and the first transit UEID in the unicast message one determines the device identifier of the user equipment 300 .
  • the user equipment 200 sends the unicast message one to the next-hop UEID in the fifth communication path shown in Table 37, that is, the user equipment 300 .
  • the current UE may send the service data in a broadcast form.
  • the broadcast message also includes source UEID and target UEID.
  • the source UEID is the device identifier of the current UE, and the destination UEID is the broadcast identifier. After that, the current UE directly sends the broadcast message containing the service data in the form of broadcast.
  • the current UE can send service data in the form of multicast, then in addition to the service data, the multicast message also includes source UEID and target UEID, the source UEID is the device identifier of the current UE, and the destination UEID is the multicast identifier , and then the current UE directly sends out the multicast message including the service data in the form of multicast.
  • the target UEID also includes a target UE whose corresponding hop count is greater than 0 in the target UE information list or candidate UE information list of the current UE, the current UE can convert the multicast message into a unicast message format as needed, Send the message containing the service data to those target UEs whose hop count is greater than 0 according to the sending mode of the unicast message.
  • this embodiment of the present application provides another schematic diagram of a communication topology.
  • the difference between FIG. 3B and FIG. 2 is that the user equipment 300 in FIG. 3B can also communicate with the base station 600, and the user equipment 100, the user equipment 200, the user equipment 400, and the user equipment 500 cannot communicate with the base station. , that is, in an area where there is no cellular signal or the cellular signal is relatively poor. In this way, other user equipments shown in FIG. 3B that cannot communicate with the base station can communicate with the base station 600 based on the user equipment 300 .
  • the user equipment 300 in FIG. 3B can communicate with the base station 600, then a new parameter information needs to be added to the transit UE information list maintained by the user equipment 300, that is, the network identification, and the candidate information maintained by the user equipment in FIG. 3B It is also necessary to add a new parameter information in the UE information list, that is, the network identification.
  • the networking identification user indicates that the target UE has established a connection with the base station.
  • the candidate UE information list may be expressed as (device identifier of the target UE, network status of the target UE, number of transit hops, next-hop UEID, networking identifier of the target UE).
  • the communication state of the target UE includes an on-net state or an off-net state.
  • the online state is used to indicate that the target UE is in the power-on state, and further, the target UE in the power-on state can directly communicate with other UEs or indirectly communicate with other UEs by forwarding data through the Relay UE.
  • the off-grid state is a power-off state, and further target UEs in the power-off state cannot directly communicate with other UEs or indirectly communicate with other UEs through relay UE forwarding data.
  • the networking identifier of the target UE indicates whether the target UE is connected to the base station. If the target UE is connected to the base station, then the networking identifier of the target UE may be represented as 1, and if the target UE cannot be connected to the base station, then the networking identifier of the target UE may be represented as 0.
  • the second candidate UE information list maintained by the user equipment 200 may be expressed as a candidate UE information list as shown in Table 43 below.
  • the user equipment 300 since the user equipment 300 has established a communication connection with the base station 600, that is, the user equipment 300 can use the cellular network to communicate with other UEs that are not within the communication range. Then in Table 43, the networked state in the communication path where the target UE is the user equipment 300 is only identified as “1”, and the networked state as “1” means that the user equipment 300 has established a communication connection with the base station 600 .
  • the user equipment 200 communicates with other UEs (such as user equipment 700) in the cellular network where the base station 600 is located through the user equipment 300, the user equipment 700 is not shown in FIG. 3B, and the user equipment 700 cannot communicate with the UE shown in FIG. 3B Any UE in the network topology communicates directly, but the user equipment 700 can communicate with the user equipment 300 through the base station 600 .
  • other UEs such as user equipment 700
  • unicast message 1 not only includes service data, source UEID, target UEID and transit UEID, but also includes the address of user equipment 700 in the cellular network. In this way, the user equipment 200 can communicate with the user equipment 700 through the user equipment 300 .
  • how the user equipment 200 sends the unicast message 1 can refer to the description in the foregoing embodiments, and details are not repeated in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the user equipment 300 adds a new parameter information in the transit UE information list maintained by the user 300, that is, the network identification.
  • the user equipment 300 may not add a networking identifier to the maintained relay UE information list, but may add a new piece of path information in the relay UE information list, and the path information is used to indicate the communication path between the user equipment 300 and the base station 600 .
  • the parameter information between the user equipment 300 and the base station 600 includes the device identifier of the target device, the communication status of the target device, the number of transit hops, and the UEID of the next hop.
  • the parameter information between the user equipment 300 and the base station 600 is specifically that the device identifier of the target device is the cell identifier of the base station 600, the communication status is online, the number of transit hops and the UEID of the next hop are all empty.
  • the cellular identity may be composed of the equipment identity of the user equipment 300 concatenated with a fixed ID, for example, the user equipment 300+fixed ID.
  • the fixed ID is used to identify the public network of the base station 600, such as 0x0000.
  • the transfer UE information list of the user equipment 300 can be represented as shown in Table 44.
  • the user equipment 300+fixed ID can be understood as the identity of the base station 600 .
  • the last item in the relay UE information list indicates that the user equipment 300 can directly communicate with the base station 600 .
  • the user equipment 300 broadcasts the relay UE information list to other UEs, and the user equipment 200 generates a candidate UE information list as shown in Table 45 after receiving the relay UE information list of the user equipment 300 .
  • the last item in the relay UE information list indicates that the user equipment 200 can communicate with the base station 600 through the user equipment 300 .
  • the user equipment 200 communicates with other UEs (such as user equipment 700) in the cellular network where the base station 600 is located through the user equipment 300, the user equipment 700 is not shown in FIG. 3B, and the user equipment 700 cannot communicate with the UE shown in FIG. 3B Any UE in the network topology communicates directly, but the user equipment 700 can communicate with the user equipment 300 through the base station 600 .
  • other UEs such as user equipment 700
  • the unicast message 1 includes service data, source UEID, target UEID and transit UEID.
  • the user equipment 200 can communicate with the user equipment 700 through the user equipment 300 .
  • a target UE is selected as a communication path whose communication status is "on-network" and the number of transit hops is the smallest in the communication path with the cell identification.
  • unicast message 1 send unicast message 1 according to the above method.
  • how the user equipment 200 sends the unicast message 1 can refer to the description in the foregoing embodiments, and details are not repeated in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the scenario involved in the second embodiment is a scenario where there is only one Relay UE in the D2D network.
  • the UE receives heartbeat information continuously sent by other UEs to generate a direct communication UE information list.
  • the Relay UE will generate a relay UE information list based on the direct communication UE information list, and the Relay UE will broadcast the relay UE information list and the device identifier of the Relay UE to other UEs.
  • the relay UE information list of the relay UE After receiving the relay UE information list of the relay UE, other UEs maintain the direct communication UE information list and the relay UE information list locally. There is no need to combine the direct communication UE information list and the transfer UE information list. Because in a D2D network with only one Relay UE, two devices can either communicate directly, or communicate through the Relay UE to forward a message once.
  • the current UE can either find the communication path to the target UE from the locally maintained direct communication information list; if the locally maintained direct communication UE information list does not find the communication path to the target UE , then the former UE can search the communication path to the target UE from the relay UE information list sent by the Relay UE. Therefore, the UE does not need to combine the direct communication UE information list and the relay UE information list, reducing the calculation amount of the UE.
  • FIG. 4 exemplarily shows a schematic structural diagram of another communication system 400 .
  • the communication system 400 may include user equipment 100 , user equipment 200 , user equipment 300 , user equipment 400 and user equipment 500 .
  • the user equipment 100, the user equipment 200, the user equipment 400 and the user equipment 500 are non-Relay UEs
  • the user equipment 300 is a Relay UE. That is to say, the user equipment 100, the user equipment 200, the user equipment 400 and the user equipment 500 cannot forward data, but the user equipment 300 can forward data.
  • the user equipment 300 can receive the data sent by the user equipment 200, and the user equipment 300 forwards the data sent by the user equipment 200 to the amount Hebi 500.
  • the communication system 400 to which the method of the embodiment of the present application can be applied may include more or fewer user equipments.
  • each UE maintains a direct UE information list or a relay UE information list in a scenario where there is only one Relay UE in a D2D network will be described below.
  • each UE continuously sends heartbeat information, and the heartbeat information carries the device identifier of each UE.
  • Each UE sends heartbeat information in the form of broadcast, and UEs within a communication distance can receive heartbeat information sent by other UEs.
  • Each UE receives heartbeat messages sent by other UEs to generate a direct communication UE information list.
  • the direct communication UE information list includes the equipment identification of the target UE, the communication status of the target UE, the number of transit hops and the equipment identification (user equipment identification, UEID) of the next-hop user equipment, the communication status of the target UE is on-net or off-net,
  • the next-hop UEID is used to indicate the device identity of the user equipment adjacent to the current UE in the communication path between the current UE and the target UE.
  • the user equipment 100 receives the heartbeat information sent by the user equipment 200 to generate the direct communication UE information list of the user equipment 100 .
  • the user equipment 200 receives the heartbeat information sent by the user equipment 100 and the user equipment 300 to generate a direct communication UE information list of the user equipment 200 .
  • the user equipment 300 receives the heartbeat information sent by the user equipment 200 , the user equipment 400 and the user equipment 500 to generate a direct communication UE information list of the user equipment 300 .
  • the user equipment 400 receives the heartbeat information sent by the user equipment 300 to generate a direct communication UE information list of the user equipment 400 .
  • the user equipment 500 receives the heartbeat information sent by the user equipment 300 to generate a direct communication UE information list of the user equipment 500 .
  • the transit hop count and the next-hop UEID may not be recorded in the direct communication UE information list, saving the direct maintenance of the UE.
  • Table 46 exemplarily shows the direct communication UE information list of the user equipment 100 .
  • Table 43 may be expressed as (user equipment 200, on-net).
  • Table 47 exemplarily shows the direct communication UE information list of the user equipment 200.
  • Table 44 may be expressed as (user equipment 100, on-net), (user equipment 300, on-net).
  • Table 48 exemplarily shows the direct communication UE information list of the user equipment 300 .
  • Table 45 may be expressed as (user equipment 200, online), (user equipment 500, online), (user equipment 400, online).
  • Table 49 exemplarily shows the direct communication UE information list of the user equipment 400 .
  • Table 46 may be expressed as (user equipment 300, on-net).
  • Table 50 exemplarily shows a list of direct communication UE information of user equipment 500 .
  • Table 47 may be expressed as (user equipment 300, on-net).
  • the Relay UE For the Relay UE in the D2D network, based on the obtained direct communication UE information list, the Relay UE will filter out the target UEs willing to forward data for which target UEs based on the preset rule 1, and obtain the relay UE information list.
  • the user equipment 300 needs to obtain the transfer UE information list based on the obtained direct communication UE information list.
  • the user equipment 300 may obtain the transfer UE information list of the user equipment 300 by filtering from the direct communication UE information list of the user equipment 300 based on the preset rule introduced in the embodiment.
  • the preset rule 1 For the introduction of the preset rule 1, reference may be made to the related description in the first embodiment, which will not be repeated here in the embodiment of the present application.
  • Table 51 exemplarily shows a list of relay UE information of user equipment 300 .
  • Table 48 may be expressed as (user equipment 200, online), (user equipment 500, online), (user equipment 400, online).
  • the Relay UE broadcasts the locally obtained relay UE information list and the device identifier of the Relay UE to other UEs (including ordinary UEs and Relay UEs) .
  • Other UEs within the communication distance with the Relay UE will receive the relay UE information list and the device identification of the Relay UE sent by the Relay UE.
  • the Relay UE may periodically broadcast the locally obtained relay UE information list and the device identifier of the Relay UE to other UEs.
  • the Relay UE After the Relay UE detects a change in the local relay UE information list, it sends the updated complete relay UE information list and the device identifier of the Relay UE to other UEs by broadcasting.
  • the Relay UE after the Relay UE detects a change in the local relay UE information list, it only broadcasts the path information of the changed target UE and the device identifier of the Relay UE to other UEs.
  • the Relay UE before the Relay UE sends the relay UE information list to other UEs, it can delete the next-hop UEID in each communication path in the relay UE information list, and then delete the relay UE information after deleting the next-hop UEID
  • the list is sent to other UEs.
  • after other UEs receive the relay UE information list after deleting the next-hop UEID they will add the next-hop UEID to the relay UE information list after deleting the next-hop UEID as the relay UE that sent the relay UE information list Equipment Identity.
  • the network load for the Relay UE to send the relay UE information list can be reduced.
  • the Relay UE before the Relay UE sends the relay UE information list to other UEs, it first adds 1 to the relay hop count in the relay UE information list, and then sends the relay UE information list after the relay hop count plus 1 to other UEs. In this way, after receiving the transfer UE information list, other UEs do not need to add 1 to the transfer hop count in the transfer UE information list, which can reduce the processing load of other UEs.
  • the Relay UE does not perform any processing and sends the relay UE information list to other UEs as an example for illustration.
  • the relay UE information list obtained by the user equipment 300 in the communication system 400 is the same as the direct communication UE information list of the user equipment 300 , that is, the communication path in the direct communication UE information list of the user equipment 300 is not deleted.
  • the user equipment 300 broadcasts the transfer UE information list of the user equipment 300 to other UEs. All other UEs within the communication range with the user equipment 300 can receive the transfer UE information list of the user equipment 300 .
  • user equipment 200 may receive the relay UE information list of user equipment 300
  • user equipment 400 may receive the relay UE information list of user equipment 300
  • user equipment 500 may receive the relay UE information list of user equipment 300.
  • Unicast message 1 includes service data, first source UEID, first target UEID, and first relay UEID.
  • the first source UEID is used to indicate the device identity of the service data sender
  • the first target UEID is used to indicate the device identity of the service data receiver
  • the first transit UEID is used to indicate the communication path from the first UE to the service data receiver Next hop UEID.
  • the current UE may be the sender of the service data or the forwarder of the service data.
  • Case 1 the current UE only maintains a direct communication UE information list.
  • Case 2 The current UE needs to maintain a transfer UE information list and a direct communication UE information list.
  • the current UE may be the sender of the unicast message one.
  • the current UE finds the communication path containing the target UE in the locally maintained direct communication information list, then the first transit UEID can be determined to be empty or determined to be the device identifier of the target UE, and then the current UE sends a unicast message to the target UE.
  • the current UE If the current UE does not find the communication path containing the target UE in the direct communication information list maintained locally or finds the communication path of the target UE, but the communication status of the target UE is off-network, buffer the unicast message one, every At this time, the current UE searches for the same communication path as the target UE in the locally maintained communication UE information list until the communication status of the same communication path as the target UE is online. The current UE sends a unicast message to the target UE.
  • the current UE sends a unicast message to the target UE when the current UE maintains the direct communication UE information list and the transfer UE information list at the same time.
  • the current UE determines the device identity of the Relay UE with the first relay UEID.
  • the current UE does not find the communication path containing the target UE in the direct communication information list maintained locally, and does not find the same communication path as the target UE in the transit UE information list maintained locally by the current UE, buffer the unicast message 1. Every once in a while, the current UE searches for the same communication path as the target UE in the locally maintained information list of the connecting UE or the information list of the transit UE.
  • the current UE finds a communication path containing the target UE in the locally maintained direct communication UE information list or transit UE information list, but the communication status of the target UE is off-network, cache the unicast message 1, every once in a while, until The current UE searches for the same communication path as the target UE in the locally maintained communication UE information list or transit UE information list, and the communication status of the target UE is online, and sends unicast message one.
  • the steps of the current UE sending the unicast message 1 are similar to the method steps of the current UE sending the unicast message 1 under the condition that the current UE only maintains the UE information list for direct communication, and will not be repeated here in this embodiment.
  • the current UE cannot find the communication path of the target UE in both the direct communication list and the transfer information list, the current UE cannot communicate with the target UE.
  • the current number of unicast messages buffered by the UE shall not be greater than the preset number. If the number of unicast messages cached by the current UE is greater than the preset number after the current UE caches the first unicast message, the current UE discards the earliest cached unicast message.
  • the time of the same unicast message buffered by the current UE shall not be longer than the preset time. If the current UE caches the unicast message 1 for a preset time, but the communication state in the same communication path as the target UE is still off-network, the current UE discards the unicast message 1.
  • the current UE can send service data in the form of multicast, then in addition to the service data, the multicast message also includes source UEID and target UEID, the source UEID is the device identifier of the current UE, and the destination UEID is the multicast identifier , and then the current UE directly sends out the multicast message including the service data in the form of multicast.
  • the target UEID does not include the target UE in the current UE's direct communication UE information list
  • the current UE can convert the multicast message into a unicast message format according to the needs, and send the message containing the service according to the sending method of the unicast message. Data messages are sent to the target UE.
  • the UE can monitor the communication state of the target UE and the path information of the communication path in real time by maintaining the list information.
  • the Relay UE may add the version number of the relay UE information list to the heartbeat message continuously sent, and the version number of the relay UE information list in the heartbeat message is used for other UEs to determine Whether the received is the latest transit UE information list.
  • Figure 5 exemplarily shows a flow chart of how to confirm that the received transfer UE information list is the latest version.
  • the first UE may be any one of the user equipment 200, the user equipment 300, and the user equipment 400 described in the first embodiment, and the first UE may also be the user equipment 300 described in the second embodiment.
  • the first transfer UE information list may be the transfer UE information list 1 or transfer UE information list 2 of the user equipment 200 described in the first embodiment, the transfer UE information list 1 or transfer UE information list 2 of the user equipment 300 and the user equipment 400 Any one of the relay UE information list 1 or the relay UE information list 2, the first relay UE information list may also be the relay UE information list of the user equipment 300 described in the second embodiment.
  • the first transfer UE information list includes the path information of the first communication path between the first UE and the second UE, and the second UE is the target UE;
  • the first relay UE information list also includes the communication status of the second UE, the number of transfer hops for data transmission in the first communication path, and the device identifier of the next-hop UE of the first UE in the first communication path UEID.
  • the first relay UE information list further includes the networking identifier of the second UE.
  • the networking identifier is used to indicate whether the second UE establishes a connection with the base station, that is, whether the second UE can be connected to the network.
  • the first UE sends the first heartbeat information continuously (for example, 5 seconds is a cycle).
  • the first heartbeat information includes the device identifier and the first version number of the first UE.
  • the first version number is used to confirm whether the received first transfer UE information list is the latest transfer UE information list.
  • the version number of the relay UE information list will change with the update of the relay UE information list. Therefore, after the relay UE information list is updated, the version number of the corresponding relay UE information list will also change. For example, each time the relay UE information list changes, the value of the version number of the relay UE information list is increased by 1.
  • the received first transfer UE information list is the latest transfer UE information list sent in the following two ways:
  • the first transit UE information list sent by the first UE also needs to include a version number.
  • the first transfer UE information list includes the second version number, and when the first version number is the same as the second version number, it is determined that the first transfer UE information list is the latest transfer UE information list. When the first version number is different from the second version number, it is determined that the first transfer UE information list is not the latest transfer UE information list.
  • the first transit UE information list sent by the first UE does not include a version number.
  • the second heartbeat message sent by the first UE is also received.
  • the second heartbeat message also includes the third version number and the device identifier of the first UE.
  • the second heartbeat information is heartbeat information adjacent to the first relay UE information list.
  • the first UE needs to send the heartbeat message first, and then send the relay UE information list immediately afterwards. If the third version number is the same as the first version number, it means that the first transfer UE information list is the latest transfer UE information list. When the third version number is different from the first version number, it is determined that the first transfer UE information list is not the latest transfer UE information list.
  • the above method 1 and method 2 are used to determine whether it is the latest relay UE information list, which is applicable to the scenario of one Relay UE and multiple Relay UEs. However, for a scenario where there is only one Relay UE, the embodiment of the present application also provides another method for confirming whether it is the latest relay UE information list.
  • the Relay UE can load the version number of the relay UE information list into the relay UE information list and send it out. Then other UEs (i.e. non-Relay UEs) store the version number in the relay UE information list locally after receiving the relay UE information list including the version number of the relay UE information list. Afterwards, the non-Relay UE loads the version number sent by the Relay UE into its own heartbeat message and sends it out by broadcasting. After receiving the heartbeat message sent by the non-Relay UE, the Relay UE will confirm whether the version number in the heartbeat message sent by the non-Relay UE is consistent with the version number in the transmitted relay UE information list.
  • the Relay UE will confirm whether the version number in the heartbeat message sent by the non-Relay UE is consistent with the version number in the transmitted relay UE information list.
  • the Relay UE will actively send the latest version of the relay UE information list to the non-Relay UE. If they are consistent, it means that the non-Relay has received the latest version of the latest version of the relay UE information list, so the Relay UE does not need to send the latest version.
  • the list of transit UE information is not required.
  • the method further includes: before receiving the second heartbeat message, not receiving The first relay UE information list, the third time after receiving the second heartbeat message, did not receive the first relay UE information list, that is, the heartbeat message including the version number can be received, but the first UE has never received the first UE information list.
  • the transfer UE information list then send a second request to the first UE, where the second request is used to instruct the first UE to send the first transfer UE information list.
  • the first heartbeat message sent by the first UE is not received before a certain time, and the first transit UE information list may also be considered to be the latest, Then the first unicast message may be sent based on the first relay UE information list. After a certain period of time, if the first heartbeat message sent by the first UE is still not received, the first unicast message is not sent based on the first relay UE information list.
  • the first relay UE information list is an updated relay UE information list
  • the first unicast information may be the first unicast information described in Embodiment 1 or Embodiment 2.
  • the first unicast information includes service data, UEID of the source user equipment, target UEID, and transit UEID.
  • a first request is sent to the first UE, and the first request is used to instruct the first UE to send an updated transfer UE information list; receiving the second An updated relay UE information list sent by the UE, the updated relay UE information list includes path information of a second communication path between the first UE and the third UE; sending second unicast information based on the updated relay UE information list.
  • the third UE may be the same as or different from the second UE.
  • a first request may be sent to the first UE, where the first request is used to obtain the latest transfer UE information list.
  • the reliability of the received transfer UE information list is improved, and the accuracy of subsequent updating of the communication state and communication path of the target UE based on the transfer UE information list is ensured.
  • the first request is sent to the first UE if the updated transfer UE information list has not been received within a first time after receiving the first heartbeat information.
  • the first transfer UE information list is not the latest transfer UE information list, wait for the first time before sending the request, so as to avoid the problem of repeated sending due to network delay.
  • the method further includes: not receiving an updated heartbeat message sent by the first UE within a second time, passing through the communication path in the communication path of the first UE The state is changed from on-net to off-net, or the communication state in the communication path with the first UE as the next-hop UE is changed from on-net to off-net.
  • the updated heartbeat message sent by the first UE cannot be received, it is impossible to directly communicate with the first UE, and the communication status of the first UE is changed from on-net to off-net, or the first UE The communication status in the communication path of the UE as the next hop UE is changed from on-net to off-net. In this way, the communication state of the target UE can be updated in real time.
  • the information in the candidate UE information list maintained by the UE or the information in the target UE information list changes, it needs to actively request the Relay UE to send the relay UE information list to itself, so that the UE can update the candidate UE according to the relay UE information list information in the information list.
  • the relay UE information list of all relay UEs that can communicate directly is received.
  • it can be determined which UEs that can communicate directly are relay UEs that can communicate directly based on the version number in the heartbeat message sent by the relay UE.
  • the heartbeat message of the relay UE capable of direct communication carries the version number
  • the heartbeat message of the non-relay UE capable of direct communication does not carry the version number.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device 600 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • These communication apparatuses 600 can be used to implement the functions of the user equipment in the above method embodiments, and therefore can also realize the beneficial effects of the above method embodiments.
  • the communication device may be any kind of user equipment as shown in FIG. 2, or any kind of user equipment as shown in FIG. 3A and FIG. , any module (such as a chip) of the user equipment shown in FIG. 3A and FIG. 3B .
  • a communication device 600 includes a sending unit 601 , a receiving unit 602 and a processing unit 603 .
  • the communications apparatus 600 is configured to implement the functions of any one of the user equipments in Embodiment 1 or Embodiment 2 above.
  • the receiving unit 602 is configured to receive the first transfer UE information list sent by the first UE; wherein, the first transfer UE The information list includes the path information of the first communication path between the first UE and the second UE, and the second UE is the target UE; receiving the first heartbeat information sent by the first UE, and the first heartbeat information includes the device identifier of the first UE and the first version number, the first version number is used to confirm whether the first transfer UE information list is an updated transfer UE information list; the sending unit 601 is used to confirm that the first transfer UE information list is an updated transfer UE information list based on the first version number When the UE information list is used, the first unicast information is sent based on the first relay UE information list.
  • the first transit UE information list further includes the communication status of the second UE, the number of transit hops for data transmission in the first communication path, and the UEID of the next-hop UE of the first UE in the first communication path.
  • the first relay UE information list further includes the networking identifier of the second UE.
  • the first unicast message includes service data, UEID of the source user equipment, target UEID, and transit UEID.
  • the sending unit 601 is further configured to send a first request to the first UE when it is confirmed based on the first version number that the first transfer UE information list is not an updated transfer UE information list, and the first request is used to instruct the first UE to send an updated transfer UE information list.
  • Transit UE information list ;
  • the receiving unit 602 is further configured to receive an updated transfer UE information list sent by the first UE, where the updated transfer UE information list includes path information of a second communication path between the first UE and the third UE;
  • the sending unit 601 is further configured to send first unicast information based on the updated transfer UE information list
  • the sending unit 601 is further configured to send a first request to the first UE when the updated transfer UE information list has not been received within a first time after receiving the first heartbeat information.
  • the first relay UE information list includes the second version number.
  • the processing unit 603 is configured to compare the first version number with the second version number, so as to confirm based on the first version number that the first transfer UE information list is an updated transfer UE information list.
  • the receiving unit 602 is further configured to receive a second heartbeat message sent by the first UE; the second heartbeat message includes the device identifier and the third version number of the first UE;
  • the processing unit 603 is further configured to compare the first version number with the third version number, so as to confirm based on the first version number that the first transfer UE information list is an updated transfer UE information list.
  • the processing unit 603 is further configured to change the communication status of the first UE from on-net to off-net if the update heartbeat message sent by the first UE is not received within the second time, or to use the first UE as the next-hop UE The communication status in the communication path of the network is changed from on-net to off-net.
  • the processing unit 603 is further configured to, before receiving the second heartbeat message, if the first transfer UE information list is not received, and at the third time after receiving the second heartbeat message, the first transfer UE information list is not received, and report to the second A UE sends a second request, and the second request is used to instruct the first UE to send the first relay UE information list.
  • the processing unit 603 is further configured to, after receiving the first transit UE information list sent by the first UE, if the first heartbeat message sent by the first UE is not received before a certain time, the first transit UE information list can also be regarded as is the latest, then the first unicast message may be sent based on the first relay UE information list. After a certain period of time, if the first heartbeat message sent by the first UE is still not received, the first unicast message is not sent based on the first relay UE information list.
  • any of the above units may be implemented by software, hardware or a combination of both, which is not limited in this embodiment.
  • a communication device 700 includes a processor 701 , an interface circuit 702 and a bus 703 .
  • the processor 701 and the interface circuit 702 are coupled to each other.
  • the interface circuit 702 may be a transceiver or an input-output interface.
  • the communication device 700 may further include a memory 704 for storing instructions executed by the processor 701 or storing input data required by the processor 701 to execute the instructions or storing data generated after the processor 701 executes the instructions.
  • the processor 701 is used to realize the functions of the processing unit 603
  • the interface circuit 702 is used to realize the functions of the sending unit 601 and the receiving unit 602 .
  • the chip of the first UE is used to realize the functions of the first UE in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the chip of the first UE receives information from other modules (such as radio frequency modules or antennas) in the first UE, and the information is sent to the first UE by other UEs; or, the chip of the first UE sends information to the first UE Other modules (such as radio frequency modules or antennas) send information, and the information is sent by the first UE to other UEs.
  • the processor in the embodiments of the present application can be a central processing unit (Central Processing Unit, CPU), and can also be other general-purpose processors, digital signal processors (Digital Signal Processor, DSP), application-specific integrated circuits (Application Specific Integrated Circuit, ASIC), Field Programmable Gate Array (Field Programmable Gate Array, FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, transistor logic devices, hardware components or any combination thereof.
  • a general-purpose processor can be a microprocessor, or any conventional processor.
  • the method steps in the embodiments of the present application may be implemented by means of hardware, or may be implemented by means of a processor executing software instructions.
  • Software instructions can be composed of corresponding software modules, and software modules can be stored in random access memory, flash memory, read-only memory, programmable read-only memory, erasable programmable read-only memory, electrically erasable programmable read-only Memory, registers, hard disk, removable hard disk, CD-ROM or any other form of storage medium known in the art.
  • An exemplary storage medium is coupled to the processor such the processor can read information from, and write information to, the storage medium.
  • the storage medium may also be a component of the processor.
  • the processor and storage medium can be located in the ASIC.
  • the ASIC can be located in a network device or a terminal device. Certainly, the processor and the storage medium may also exist in the network device or the terminal device as discrete components.
  • all or part of them may be implemented by software, hardware, firmware or any combination thereof.
  • software When implemented using software, it may be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product.
  • the computer program product comprises one or more computer programs or instructions. When the computer program or instructions are loaded and executed on the computer, the processes or functions described in the embodiments of the present application are executed in whole or in part.
  • the computer may be a general purpose computer, a special purpose computer, a computer network, network equipment, user equipment, or other programmable devices.
  • the computer program or instructions may be stored in or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium, for example, the computer program or instructions may be downloaded from a website, computer, A server or data center transmits to another website site, computer, server or data center by wired or wireless means.
  • the computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer, or a data storage device such as a server or a data center integrating one or more available media.
  • the available medium may be a magnetic medium, such as a floppy disk, a hard disk, or a magnetic tape; it may also be an optical medium, such as a digital video disk; it may also be a semiconductor medium, such as a solid-state hard disk.
  • “at least one” means one or more, and “multiple” means two or more.
  • “And/or” describes the association relationship of associated objects, indicating that there can be three types of relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A exists alone, A and B exist at the same time, and B exists alone, where A, B can be singular or plural.
  • the character “/” generally indicates that the contextual objects are an “or” relationship; in the formulas of this application, the character “/” indicates that the contextual objects are a "division” Relationship.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

Embodiments of the present application provide a D2D communication method. The method comprises: receiving a first transfer UE information list sent by relay UE, the first transfer UE information list comprising path information of a first communication path from the relay UE to a target UE; and then, receiving heartbeat information sent by the relay UE, wherein the heartbeat information comprises a device identifier and a version number of the relay UE, and the version number is used for confirming whether the first transfer UE information list is an updated transfer UE information list; and when confirmed, on the basis of the first version number, that the first transfer UE information list is the updated transfer UE information list, sending first unicast information on the basis of the first transfer UE information list. In the described method, the communication state of the maintained target UE and the reliability of the communication path are improved.

Description

一种D2D通信方法A D2D communication method 技术领域technical field
本申请涉及通信技术领域,尤其涉及一种D2D通信方法。The present application relates to the technical field of communication, and in particular to a D2D communication method.
背景技术Background technique
随着智能手机的发展,为了满足用户对不同业务的需求,端到端(device to device,D2D)通信成为3GPP的研究热点之一。D2D通信允许用户设备之间直接通信,而不需要经过基站转发消息进行通信,解决了在蜂窝移动信号或者WLAN信号覆盖差的区域,用户设备可以基于D2D网络直接进行通信。With the development of smart phones, in order to meet the needs of users for different services, end-to-device (device to device, D2D) communication has become one of the research hotspots of 3GPP. D2D communication allows user equipment to communicate directly without forwarding messages through the base station for communication, which solves the problem that user equipment can communicate directly based on the D2D network in areas with poor coverage of cellular mobile signals or WLAN signals.
在D2D网络中,用户设备的通信状态是会动态变化的,例如用户设备开关机等操作导致通信状态发生变化,用户设备的位置也在动态的移动,这将会导致D2D网络中的用户设备之间的通信路径也在动态的变化。因此,如何提高维护D2D网络中用户设备的通信状态和通信路径的可靠性是亟待解决的问题。In the D2D network, the communication state of the user equipment will change dynamically. For example, the operation of the user equipment such as switching on and off will cause the communication state to change, and the location of the user equipment will also move dynamically, which will cause the user equipment in the D2D network. The communication paths among them are also changing dynamically. Therefore, how to improve and maintain the communication state of the user equipment in the D2D network and the reliability of the communication path is an urgent problem to be solved.
发明内容Contents of the invention
本申请实施例提供一种D2D通信方法,可以提高UE维护的目标UE的通信状态和通信路径的可靠性。The embodiment of the present application provides a D2D communication method, which can improve the communication state of the target UE maintained by the UE and the reliability of the communication path.
第一方面,本申请实施例提供了一种D2D通信方法,方法包括:In the first aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a D2D communication method, the method includes:
接收所述第一UE发送的第一中转UE信息列表;其中,第一中转UE信息列表包括第一UE至第二UE之间的第一通信路径的路径信息,第二UE是目标UE;接收第一UE发送的第一心跳信息,第一心跳信息包括第一UE的设备标识和第一版本号,第一版本号用于确认第一中转UE信息列表是否是更新的中转UE信息列表;当基于第一版本号确认第一中转UE信息列表是更新的中转UE信息列表时,基于第一中转UE信息列表发送第一单播信息。receiving a first transfer UE information list sent by the first UE; wherein, the first transfer UE information list includes path information of a first communication path between the first UE and a second UE, and the second UE is a target UE; receiving The first heartbeat information sent by the first UE, the first heartbeat information includes the device identifier and the first version number of the first UE, and the first version number is used to confirm whether the first transfer UE information list is an updated transfer UE information list; when When it is confirmed based on the first version number that the first transfer UE information list is an updated transfer UE information list, the first unicast information is sent based on the first transfer UE information list.
可选的,第一UE是持续性(例如5s为一个周期)发送第一心跳信息的。Optionally, the first UE sends the first heartbeat information continuously (for example, 5s is a cycle).
基于第一方面提供的方法,UE可以基于接收到的心跳信息中包含的版本号,确认出接收的是否是最新的中转UE信息列表信息,提高了UE维护的目标UE的通信状态和通信路径的可靠性。Based on the method provided in the first aspect, the UE can confirm whether it is the latest transfer UE information list information received based on the version number contained in the received heartbeat information, which improves the communication status and communication path of the target UE maintained by the UE. reliability.
结合第一方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,方法还包括:当基于第一版本号确认第一中转UE信息列表不是更新的中转UE信息列表时,向第一UE发送第一请求,第一请求用于指示第一UE发送更新的中转UE信息列表;接收第一UE发送的更新的中转UE信息列表,更新的中转UE信息列表包括第一UE至第三UE之间的第二通信路径的路径信息;基于更新的中转UE信息列表发送第一单播信息。With reference to the first aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the method further includes: when it is confirmed based on the first version number that the first transfer UE information list is not an updated transfer UE information list, sending a first request to the first UE, the second A request is used to instruct the first UE to send an updated transfer UE information list; receive the updated transfer UE information list sent by the first UE, and the updated transfer UE information list includes the second communication path between the first UE and the third UE the path information; sending the first unicast information based on the updated transit UE information list.
第三UE可以与第二UE相同,也可以不同。The third UE may be the same as or different from the second UE.
基于第一版本号确认第一中转UE信息列表不是更新的中转UE信息列表的方法可以包括:当第一中转UE信息列表中也包括第二版本号时,若第二版本号与第一版本号不同,则确定出第一中转UE信息列表不是最新的中转UE信息列表。或者,当第一中转UE信息列表中不包括第二版本号时,在接收第一中转UE信息列表之前,还接收到了第二心跳信息,第二心跳信息包括第三版本号和第一UE的设备标识。可选的,第二心跳信息是与第一中转UE 信息列表相邻的心跳信息。当第二版本号与第三版本号不同时,则确定出第一中转UE信息列表不是最新的中转UE信息列表。The method for confirming that the first transfer UE information list is not an updated transfer UE information list based on the first version number may include: when the first transfer UE information list also includes the second version number, if the second version number is the same as the first version number If they are different, it is determined that the first transfer UE information list is not the latest transfer UE information list. Or, when the first relay UE information list does not include the second version number, before receiving the first relay UE information list, the second heartbeat information is also received, and the second heartbeat information includes the third version number and the first UE's Equipment Identity. Optionally, the second heartbeat information is heartbeat information adjacent to the first relay UE information list. When the second version number is different from the third version number, it is determined that the first transfer UE information list is not the latest transfer UE information list.
可以看出,在确定出第一中转UE信息列表不是最新的中转UE信息列表时,可以向第一UE发送第一请求,第一请求用于获取最新的中转UE信息列表。这样,提高了接收的中转UE信息列表的可靠性,保障了后续基于中转UE信息列表更新目标UE的通信状态和通信路径的准确性。It can be seen that, when it is determined that the first transfer UE information list is not the latest transfer UE information list, a first request may be sent to the first UE, where the first request is used to obtain the latest transfer UE information list. In this way, the reliability of the received transfer UE information list is improved, and the accuracy of subsequent updating of the communication state and communication path of the target UE based on the transfer UE information list is ensured.
结合第一方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,向第一UE发送第一请求包括:在接收到第一心跳信息后达到第一时间,仍未接收到更新的中转UE信息列表,向第一UE发送第一请求。这样,在确定出第一中转UE信息列表不是最新的中转UE信息列表后,先等待第一时间再发请求,避免由于网络延迟而导致重复发送的问题。With reference to the first aspect, in a possible implementation manner, sending the first request to the first UE includes: after receiving the first heartbeat information and reaching the first time, the updated transfer UE information list has not yet been received, and sending the first request to the first UE A UE sends a first request. In this way, after it is determined that the first transfer UE information list is not the latest transfer UE information list, wait for the first time before sending the request, so as to avoid the problem of repeated sending due to network delay.
结合第一方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,第一中转UE信息列表包括第二版本号;方法还包括:比较第一版本号和第二版本号,以基于第一版本号确认第一中转UE信息列表是更新的中转UE信息列表。当第一版本号和第二版本号相同时,则确认第一中转UE信息列表是更新的中转UE信息列表。With reference to the first aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the first relay UE information list includes a second version number; the method further includes: comparing the first version number and the second version number, so as to confirm the first version number based on the first version number. The transfer UE information list is an updated transfer UE information list. When the first version number is the same as the second version number, it is confirmed that the first transfer UE information list is an updated transfer UE information list.
结合第一方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,第一中转UE信息列表不包括版本号。比较第一版本号和第三版本号,若第一版本号和第三版本号相同,则确认第一中转UE信息列表是更新的中转UE信息列表。With reference to the first aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the first relay UE information list does not include a version number. Comparing the first version number and the third version number, if the first version number and the third version number are the same, confirm that the first transfer UE information list is an updated transfer UE information list.
结合第一方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,在接收第一UE发送的第一心跳信息之后,方法还包括:在第二时间内未接收到第一UE发送的更新的心跳消息,将经过第一UE的通信路径中的通信状态由在网修改为离网,或者,将所述第一UE作为下一跳UE的通信路径中的通信状态由在网修改为离网。这样,当接收不到第一UE发送的更新的心跳消息,则无法与第一UE直接进行通信了,则将第一UE的通信状态由在网修改为离网,或者,将所述第一UE作为下一跳UE的通信路径中的通信状态由在网修改为离网。这样,可以实时更新目标UE的通信状态。With reference to the first aspect, in a possible implementation manner, after receiving the first heartbeat information sent by the first UE, the method further includes: not receiving an updated heartbeat message sent by the first UE within a second time, sending the The communication state in the communication path passing through the first UE is changed from on-net to off-net, or the communication state in the communication path with the first UE as the next-hop UE is changed from on-net to off-net. In this way, when the updated heartbeat message sent by the first UE cannot be received, it is impossible to directly communicate with the first UE, and the communication status of the first UE is changed from on-net to off-net, or the first UE The communication status in the communication path of the UE as the next hop UE is changed from on-net to off-net. In this way, the communication state of the target UE can be updated in real time.
结合第一方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,在接收所述第一UE发送的第二心跳消息之后,在接收第一UE发送的第一中转UE信息列表之前,方法还包括:在接收到第二心跳消息之前,没有接收到第一中转UE信息列表,在接收第二心跳消息之后的第三时间,也没有接收到第一中转UE信息列表,即可以接收包括版本号的心跳消息,但是从没接收到过第一UE发送的中转UE信息列表,则向第一UE发送第二请求,第二请求用于指示第一UE发送第一中转UE信息列表。With reference to the first aspect, in a possible implementation manner, after receiving the second heartbeat message sent by the first UE, before receiving the first transit UE information list sent by the first UE, the method further includes: after receiving Before the second heartbeat message, the first transit UE information list is not received, and the first transit UE information list is not received at the third time after receiving the second heartbeat message, that is, the heartbeat message including the version number can be received, However, if the relay UE information list sent by the first UE has never been received, a second request is sent to the first UE, and the second request is used to instruct the first UE to send the first relay UE information list.
结合第一方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,第一中转UE信息列表还包括第二UE的通信状态、第一通信路径中数据传输的中转跳数、和第一通信路径中述第一UE的下一跳UE的设备标识UEID。其中,通信状态包括在网状态或者离网状态。在网状态用于指示第二UE为开机状态,进一步的处于开机状态的第二UE可以与其他UE直接进行通信或者通过Relay UE转发数据与其他UE间接进行通信。离网状态为关机状态,进一步的处于关机状态的第二UE不可以与其他UE直接进行通信或者也不可以通过Relay UE转发数据与其他UE间接进行通信。With reference to the first aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the first relay UE information list further includes the communication state of the second UE, the number of transfer hops for data transmission in the first communication path, and the first The device identifier UEID of the UE's next hop UE. Wherein, the communication state includes an on-net state or an off-net state. The online state is used to indicate that the second UE is in the power-on state, and further, the second UE in the power-on state can directly communicate with other UEs or indirectly communicate with other UEs by forwarding data through the Relay UE. The off-grid state is a power-off state, and further, the second UE in the power-off state cannot directly communicate with other UEs or indirectly communicate with other UEs by forwarding data through the Relay UE.
结合第一方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,第一中转UE信息列表还包括第二UE的联网标识。联网标识用于指示第二UE是与基站建立连接还是未与基站建立连接。With reference to the first aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the first relay UE information list further includes the networking identifier of the second UE. The networking identifier is used to indicate whether the second UE has established a connection with the base station or has not established a connection with the base station.
结合第一方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,接收第一UE发送的第一中转UE信息列表后,在到达一定时间之前,没有接收到第一UE发送的第一心跳消息,也可以认为第一中转 UE信息列表是最新的,那么可以基于第一中转UE信息列表发送第一单播消息。在一定时间之后,还是没有接收到第一UE发送的第一心跳消息,则不再基于第一中转UE信息列表发送第一单播消息。In combination with the first aspect, in a possible implementation manner, after receiving the first transit UE information list sent by the first UE, it can also be considered that the first heartbeat message sent by the first UE is not received before a certain time. If the first transfer UE information list is the latest, then the first unicast message may be sent based on the first transfer UE information list. After a certain period of time, if the first heartbeat message sent by the first UE is still not received, the first unicast message is not sent based on the first relay UE information list.
第二方面,本申请实施例提供了一种通信装置。包括:接收单元,用于接收第一UE发送的第一中转UE信息列表;其中,第一中转UE信息列表包括第一UE至第二UE之间的第一通信路径的路径信息,第二UE是目标UE;接收单元,还用于接收第一UE发送的第一心跳信息,第一心跳信息包括第一UE的设备标识和第一版本号,第一版本号用于确认第一中转UE信息列表是否是更新的中转UE信息列表;发送单元,用于当基于第一版本号确认第一中转UE信息列表是更新的中转UE信息列表时,基于第一中转UE信息列表发送第一单播信息。In a second aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a communication device. Including: a receiving unit, configured to receive a first transfer UE information list sent by the first UE; wherein, the first transfer UE information list includes path information of a first communication path between the first UE and the second UE, and the second UE It is the target UE; the receiving unit is also used to receive the first heartbeat information sent by the first UE, the first heartbeat information includes the device identifier and the first version number of the first UE, and the first version number is used to confirm the first transit UE information Whether the list is an updated transfer UE information list; the sending unit is configured to send the first unicast information based on the first transfer UE information list when it is confirmed based on the first version number that the first transfer UE information list is an updated transfer UE information list .
结合第二方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,发送单元,还用于当基于第一版本号确认第一中转UE信息列表不是更新的中转UE信息列表时,向第一UE发送第一请求,第一请求用于指示第一UE发送更新的中转UE信息列表;接收单元,还用于接收第一UE发送的更新的中转UE信息列表,更新的中转UE信息列表包括第一UE至第三UE之间的第二通信路径的路径信息;发送单元,还用于基于更新的中转UE信息列表发送第一单播信息。With reference to the second aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the sending unit is further configured to send the first request to the first UE when it is confirmed based on the first version number that the first transfer UE information list is not an updated transfer UE information list The first request is used to instruct the first UE to send an updated transfer UE information list; the receiving unit is also used to receive the updated transfer UE information list sent by the first UE, and the updated transfer UE information list includes the first UE to the third Path information of the second communication path between UEs; a sending unit, further configured to send the first unicast information based on the updated relay UE information list.
结合第二方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,发送单元,还用于在接收到第一心跳信息后达到第一时间,仍未接收到更新的中转UE信息列表,向第一UE发送第一请求。With reference to the second aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the sending unit is further configured to send the first UE information list to the first UE when the first time is reached after receiving the first heartbeat information and the updated transfer UE information list has not yet been received. one request.
结合第二方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,第一中转UE信息列表包括第二版本号;通信装置还包括处理单元;其中,所述处理单元用于比较第一版本号和第二版本号,以基于第一版本号确认第一中转UE信息列表是更新的中转UE信息列表。With reference to the second aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the first relay UE information list includes a second version number; the communication device further includes a processing unit; wherein the processing unit is configured to compare the first version number with the second version number number, to confirm that the first transfer UE information list is an updated transfer UE information list based on the first version number.
结合第二方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,接收单元,还用于接收第一UE发送的第二心跳消息;第二心跳信息包括第一UE的设备标识和第三版本号;处理单元还用于比较第一版本号和第三版本号,以基于述第一版本号确认第一中转UE信息列表是更新的中转UE信息列表。With reference to the second aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the receiving unit is further configured to receive a second heartbeat message sent by the first UE; the second heartbeat information includes the device identifier and the third version number of the first UE; the processing unit It is also used to compare the first version number with the third version number, so as to confirm based on the first version number that the first transfer UE information list is an updated transfer UE information list.
结合第二方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,处理单元还用于在第二时间内未接收到第一UE发送的更新的心跳消息,将第一UE的通信状态由在网修改为离网,或者,将所述第一UE作为下一跳UE的通信路径中的通信状态由在网修改为离网。With reference to the second aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the processing unit is further configured to change the communication state of the first UE from online to off-line if it does not receive an updated heartbeat message sent by the first UE within a second time. network, or modify the communication status of the first UE as the next-hop UE in the communication path from on-net to off-net.
结合第二方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,处理单元还用于在接收到第二心跳消息之前,没有接收到第一中转UE信息列表,在接收第二心跳消息之后的第三时间,也没有接收到第一中转UE信息列表,向第一UE发送第二请求,第二请求用于指示第一UE发送第一中转UE信息列表。With reference to the second aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the processing unit is further configured to, before receiving the second heartbeat message, not receive the first transit UE information list, and at a third time after receiving the second heartbeat message, The first transfer UE information list is not received either, and a second request is sent to the first UE, where the second request is used to instruct the first UE to send the first transfer UE information list.
结合第二方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,第一中转UE信息列表还包括第二UE的通信状态、第一通信路径中数据传输的中转跳数、和第一通信路径中第一UE的下一跳UE的设备标识UEID。With reference to the second aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the first transit UE information list further includes the communication state of the second UE, the transit hop count of data transmission in the first communication path, and the first UE information in the first communication path UEID of the next-hop UE.
结合第二方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,第一中转UE信息列表还包括第二UE的联网标识。With reference to the second aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the first relay UE information list further includes the networking identifier of the second UE.
结合第二方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,第一单播消息包括业务数据,源用户设备的设备标识UEID,目标UEID,中转UEID。With reference to the second aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the first unicast message includes service data, a UEID of a source user equipment, a target UEID, and a transit UEID.
结合第二方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,处理单元还用于在接收第一UE发送的第一中转UE信息列表后,在到达一定时间之前,没有接收到第一UE发送的第一心跳消息,也 可以认为第一中转UE信息列表是最新的,那么可以基于第一中转UE信息列表发送第一单播消息。在一定时间之后,还是没有接收到第一UE发送的第一心跳消息,则不再基于第一中转UE信息列表发送第一单播消息。With reference to the second aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the processing unit is further configured to, after receiving the first transfer UE information list sent by the first UE, fail to receive the first transfer UE information list sent by the first UE before a certain time. For the heartbeat message, it may also be considered that the first relay UE information list is the latest, then the first unicast message may be sent based on the first relay UE information list. After a certain period of time, if the first heartbeat message sent by the first UE is still not received, the first unicast message is not sent based on the first relay UE information list.
第三方面,本申请实施例提供了一种芯片或芯片系统,其特征在于,包括处理电路和接口电路,接口电路用于接收代码指令并传输至处理电路,处理电路用于运行代码指令以执行上述任一方面任一种可能的实现方式中所述的方法。In the third aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a chip or a chip system, which is characterized in that it includes a processing circuit and an interface circuit, the interface circuit is used to receive code instructions and transmit them to the processing circuit, and the processing circuit is used to run the code instructions to execute The method described in any possible implementation of any of the above aspects.
第四方面,本申请实施例提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令,当指令在通信装置上运行时,使得通信装置执行上述任一方面任一种可能的实现方式中所述的方法。In the fourth aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, and instructions are stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when the instructions are run on the communication device, the communication device is made to perform any possible operation of any of the above-mentioned aspects. Implement the method described in How to.
第五方面,本申请实施例提供了一种计算机程序产品,其特征在于,当计算机程序产品被通信装置执行时,使得通信装置执行上述任一方面任一种可能的实现方式中所述的方法。In the fifth aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a computer program product, which is characterized in that, when the computer program product is executed by the communication device, the communication device is made to perform the method described in any possible implementation of any of the above aspects .
其中,第二方面至第五方面的有益效果,请参考第一方面的有益效果,本申请实施例在此不再赘述。For the beneficial effects of the second aspect to the fifth aspect, please refer to the beneficial effects of the first aspect, which will not be repeated in this embodiment of the present application.
附图说明Description of drawings
图1A-图1B示例性示出了本申请实施例提供的一种路由建立的示意图;FIG. 1A-FIG. 1B exemplarily show a schematic diagram of routing establishment provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图2示例性示出了本申请实施例提供的一种通信系统200的结构示意图;FIG. 2 exemplarily shows a schematic structural diagram of a communication system 200 provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图3A示例性示出了本申请实施例提供的一种通信拓扑结构示意图;FIG. 3A exemplarily shows a schematic diagram of a communication topology provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图3B示例性示出了本申请实施例提供的再一种通信拓扑结构的示意图;FIG. 3B exemplarily shows a schematic diagram of another communication topology provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图4示例性示出了本申请实施例提供的一种通信系统400的结构示意图;FIG. 4 exemplarily shows a schematic structural diagram of a communication system 400 provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图5示例性示出了本申请实施例提供的一种如何确认接收到的中转UE信息列表是最新版本的方法流程图;FIG. 5 exemplarily shows a flow chart of a method for confirming that the received transfer UE information list is the latest version provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图6示例性示出了本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置600的结构示意图;FIG. 6 exemplarily shows a schematic structural diagram of a communication device 600 provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图7示例性示出了本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置700的结构示意图。FIG. 7 exemplarily shows a schematic structural diagram of a communication device 700 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
下面结合本申请实施例中的附图对本申请实施例进行描述。Embodiments of the present application are described below with reference to the drawings in the embodiments of the present application.
以下,对本申请实施例中的部分用语进行解释说明,以便于本领域技术人员理解。In the following, some terms used in the embodiments of the present application are explained, so as to facilitate the understanding of those skilled in the art.
(1)候选用户设备(user equipment,UE)信息列表(1) Candidate user equipment (user equipment, UE) information list
候选UE信息列表中记载了可以与当前UE直接通信或者间接通信的其他一个或多个目标UE之间的通信路径的路径信息。若当前UE可以与一个或多个目标UE直接进行通信,那么由当前UE到达一个或多个目标UE的传输数据,不需要经过中转设备的中转。若当前UE不可以与一个或多个目标UE直接进行通信,那么由当前UE到达一个或多个目标UE的传输数据,需要经过中转设备的中转。当前UE到达一个或多个目标UE中的某一个目标UE之间的通信路径的数量可以是一个或多个。其中,通信路径的路径信息可以包括以下一种或几种:目标UE的设备标识、目标UE的通信状态、通信路径中数据传输的中转跳数和下一跳UE的设备标识。其中,目标UE的通信状态为在网或者离网,下一跳UE的设备标识用于指示当 前UE至目标UE之间的通信路径中处于与当前UE相邻的用户设备的设备标识。The candidate UE information list records path information of communication paths between one or more other target UEs that can communicate directly or indirectly with the current UE. If the current UE can directly communicate with one or more target UEs, then the transmission data from the current UE to one or more target UEs does not need to be relayed by a relay device. If the current UE cannot directly communicate with one or more target UEs, the transmission data from the current UE to one or more target UEs needs to be relayed by a relay device. There may be one or more communication paths between the current UE and a certain target UE among the one or more target UEs. Wherein, the path information of the communication path may include one or more of the following: device identifier of the target UE, communication status of the target UE, transit hops for data transmission in the communication path, and device identifier of the next-hop UE. Wherein, the communication state of the target UE is on-net or off-net, and the device identifier of the next-hop UE is used to indicate the device identifier of the user equipment adjacent to the current UE in the communication path between the current UE and the target UE.
示例性的,通信路径的路径信息可以表示为如下(UEO1,在网,M1跳,UER1)。其中,UEO1表示目标UE的设备标识。在网表示UEO1的通信状态为在网,即可以进行通信。M1跳表示当前UE到达UEO1的数据要经过M1个中转设备的中转。UER1表示当前UE到达UEO1的数据经过的所有中转设备中,与当前UE相邻的用户设备的设备标识。若当前UE可以与UEO1直接进行通信,那么M1的取值为0,UER1与UEO1相同。若当前UE不可以与UEO1直接进行通信,那么M1的取值大于0,UER1与UEO1不同。Exemplarily, the path information of the communication path may be represented as follows (UEO1, on-network, M1 hop, UER1). Wherein, UEO1 represents the device identity of the target UE. On-net means that the communication status of UEO1 is on-net, that is, communication is possible. The M1 hop indicates that data from the current UE arriving at UE01 needs to be transferred by M1 transfer devices. UER1 indicates the device identifier of the user equipment adjacent to the current UE among all the transit devices through which the data from the current UE to UE01 passes. If the current UE can directly communicate with UEO1, then the value of M1 is 0, and UER1 is the same as UEO1. If the current UE cannot directly communicate with UEO1, then the value of M1 is greater than 0, and UER1 is different from UEO1.
(2)直接通信UE信息列表(2) Direct communication UE information list
直接通信UE信息列表中记载了可以与当前UE直接通信的其他一个或多个目标UE之间的通信路径的路径信息。也就是说,当前UE可以与一个或多个目标UE直接进行通信,那么由当前UE到达一个或多个目标UE的传输数据,不需要经过中转设备的中转。其中,通信路径的路径信息可以包括以下一种或几种:目标UE的设备标识、目标UE的通信状。其中,目标UE的通信状态为在网或者离网。可以理解为,直接通信UE信息列表中记载了可以与当前UE直接通信的其他一个或多个目标UE之间的通信路径的路径信息,那么当前UE到达一个或多个目标UE的之间的中转跳数为0,中转跳数在上述通信路径中的中转跳数可以省略,默认为0跳。且当前UE到达其他一个或多个目标UE之间的数据也不需要经过中转设备的中转,因此下一跳UE的设备标识就是目标UE的设备标识,下一跳UE的设备标识在上述通信路径中的中转跳数可以省略。The path information of communication paths between one or more other target UEs that can directly communicate with the current UE is recorded in the direct communication UE information list. That is to say, the current UE can directly communicate with one or more target UEs, so the transmission data from the current UE to one or more target UEs does not need to be relayed by a relay device. Wherein, the path information of the communication path may include one or more of the following: a device identifier of the target UE, and a communication status of the target UE. Wherein, the communication status of the target UE is on-net or off-net. It can be understood that the direct communication UE information list records the path information of the communication path between one or more target UEs that can directly communicate with the current UE, then the transit between the current UE and one or more target UEs The number of hops is 0, and the number of transit hops in the above communication path can be omitted, and the default is 0 hops. And the data between the current UE and one or more other target UEs does not need to be transferred by the relay device, so the device ID of the next-hop UE is the device ID of the target UE, and the device ID of the next-hop UE is in the above communication path The number of transit hops in can be omitted.
示例性的,直接通信UE信息列表中记载的通信路径的路径信息可以表示为如下(UEO1,在网)。其中,UEO1表示目标UE的设备标识。在网表示UEO1的通信状态为在网,即可以进行通信。直接通信UE信息列表中记载的通信路径的路径信息中的中转跳数均为0,且下一跳UE的设备标识与目标UE的设备标识相同。Exemplarily, the path information of the communication paths recorded in the direct communication UE information list may be expressed as follows (UE01, online). Wherein, UEO1 represents the device identity of the target UE. On-net means that the communication status of UEO1 is on-net, that is, communication is possible. The number of transit hops in the path information of the communication path recorded in the direct communication UE information list is all 0, and the device identifier of the next-hop UE is the same as the device identifier of the target UE.
(3)目标UE信息列表(3) Target UE information list
目标UE信息列表是基于候选UE信息列表得到的。也就是说,每一个UE将本地维护的候选UE信息列表中记载的通信路径的路径信息通过预设的规则筛选出部分路径信息,得到目标UE信息列表。目标UE信息列表中记载的通信路径的路径信息的表示形式与候选UE信息列表中记载的通信路径的路径信息的表示形式类似,本申请实施例在此不再赘述。The target UE information list is obtained based on the candidate UE information list. That is to say, each UE screens the path information of the communication path recorded in the locally maintained candidate UE information list through preset rules to obtain part of the path information to obtain the target UE information list. The expression form of the path information of the communication path recorded in the target UE information list is similar to the expression form of the path information of the communication path recorded in the candidate UE information list, which will not be repeated in this embodiment of the present application.
预设的规则可以是,查找出候选UE信息列表中一个或多个目标UE中的某一个目标UE的一个或多个通信路径的路径信息,若某一个目标UE有多个通信路径的路径信息,则保留该某一个目标UE有多个通信路径的路径信息中的x个通信路径的路径信息,该x个通信路径的路径信息中的通信状态为在网,中转跳数小于预设的中转跳数,x大于等于1。若某一个目标UE仅有一个通信路径的路径信息,则保留该一个通信路径的路径信息。The preset rule may be to find out the path information of one or more communication paths of one or more target UEs in the candidate UE information list, if a certain target UE has path information of multiple communication paths , then retain the path information of x communication paths among the path information of multiple communication paths for a certain target UE, the communication status in the path information of the x communication paths is in the network, and the number of transit hops is less than the preset transit The number of hops, x is greater than or equal to 1. If a certain target UE has only path information of one communication path, the path information of the one communication path is retained.
预设的规则还可以是,查找出候选UE信息列表中的一个或多个目标UE的通信路径的路径信息,保留一个或多个目标UE的通信路径的路径信息中的y个目标UE的通信路径的路径信息,y个目标UE的通信路径的路径信息中的通信状态为在网,和/或y个目标UE的通信路径的路径信息中的中转跳数小于预设的中转跳数,y大于等于1。The preset rule may also be to find out the path information of the communication path of one or more target UEs in the candidate UE information list, and reserve the communication of y target UEs in the path information of the communication path of one or more target UEs The path information of the path, the communication state in the path information of the communication path of y target UEs is the network, and/or the number of transit hops in the path information of the communication path of y target UEs is less than the preset number of transit hops, y greater than or equal to 1.
(4)中转UE信息列表(4) Transit UE information list
中转UE信息列表是针对中继用户设备(relay user equipment,Relay UE)而言的。Relay UE是具有中转信息能力的UE。Relay UE基于本地维护的目标UE信息列表,通过预设的规则,筛选出可以为哪些目标UE提供中转服务的通信路径的路径信息,得到可以提供中转服 务的目标UE的通信路径的路径信息,并基于可以提供中转服务的目标UE的通信路径的路径信息得到中转UE信息列表。对于,Relay UE如何基于预设的规则,筛选出可以为哪些目标UE提供中转服务的通信路径的路径信息,将在后续实施例中详细介绍,本申请实施例在此不做赘述。The relay UE information list is for relay user equipment (relay user equipment, Relay UE). Relay UE is a UE capable of relaying information. Based on the target UE information list maintained locally, the Relay UE screens out the path information of the communication paths for which target UEs can provide relay services through preset rules, and obtains the path information of the communication paths of the target UEs that can provide relay services, and The transfer UE information list is obtained based on the path information of the communication path of the target UE that can provide the transfer service. How the Relay UE screens out the path information of the communication path for which target UEs can provide the relay service based on preset rules will be described in detail in subsequent embodiments, and will not be described in this embodiment of the present application.
Relay UE在得到中转UE信息列表之后,Relay UE将中转UE信息列表通过广播的方式发送至其他的UE,与Relay UE在通信范围内的其他的UE将会接收到Relay UE发送的中转UE信息列表。After the Relay UE obtains the relay UE information list, the Relay UE broadcasts the relay UE information list to other UEs, and other UEs within the communication range with the Relay UE will receive the relay UE information list sent by the Relay UE .
(5)临时UE信息列表(5) Temporary UE information list
UE在接收到relay UE发送的中转UE信息列表之后,将对中转UE信息列表做如下操作,得到临时UE信息列表。如下操作可以是:若中转UE信息列表中某一个通信路径的路径信息中的下一跳UE的设备标识与当前UE的设备标识相同时,丢弃该某一个通信路径的路径信息。若中转UE信息列表中某一个通信路径的路径信息中的下一跳UE的设备标识与当前UE的设备标识不相同时,把该某一个通信路径的路径信息中下一跳UE的设备标识改为发送中转UE信息列表的relay UE的设备标识,同时将该某一个通信路径的路径信息中的中转跳数的值加1。After receiving the relay UE information list sent by the relay UE, the UE will perform the following operations on the relay UE information list to obtain the temporary UE information list. The following operation may be: if the device identifier of the next-hop UE in the path information of a certain communication path in the transit UE information list is the same as the device identifier of the current UE, discard the path information of the certain communication path. If the device identifier of the next-hop UE in the path information of a certain communication path in the transit UE information list is different from the device identifier of the current UE, change the device identifier of the next-hop UE in the path information of the certain communication path to It is the device identifier of the relay UE that sends the relay UE information list, and at the same time, add 1 to the value of the relay hop count in the path information of the certain communication path.
目前,有以下三种方式来实现设备之间通信的。Currently, there are three ways to implement communication between devices.
方式一:第三代合作伙伴计划(the 3rd generation partnership project,3GPP)标准组织制定的长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)D2D通信协议中发现和识别UE是通过D2D discovery流程来实现的。具体的,每一个UE持续性发送discovery消息,该discovery消息用于在通信距离内的其他UE可以发现该UE处于在网状态。其他的UE接收到该UE的discovery消息之后,其他的UE可以和该UE发送和接收消息。Method 1: UE discovery and identification in the long term evolution (LTE) D2D communication protocol formulated by the 3rd generation partnership project (3GPP) standards organization is implemented through the D2D discovery process. Specifically, each UE continuously sends a discovery message, and the discovery message is used for other UEs within the communication distance to discover that the UE is in the network state. After other UEs receive the discovery message of the UE, other UEs can send and receive messages with the UE.
但是,方式一仅能实现直接通信的两个UE之间的数据传输,不能实现通过中转的方式实现不能直接通信的两个UE之间的数据传输。However, method 1 can only realize data transmission between two UEs that communicate directly, and cannot realize data transmission between two UEs that cannot communicate directly through a transfer method.
方式二:每一个UE中预置了可以通信的其他UE的设备标识(例如mac地址等等)。UE可以在本地保存的其他UE的设备标识中查找到想要通信的UE的设备标识,然后基于UE的设备标识进行通信。Method 2: Each UE is preset with device identifiers (such as mac addresses, etc.) of other UEs that can communicate. The UE may find the device identity of the UE that wants to communicate with the device identity of other UEs stored locally, and then perform communication based on the device identity of the UE.
但是,方式二中通过预置UE的设备标识实现通信,若预置的UE的通信状态实时发生变化,或者预置的UE实时移动而超过了当前UE的通信距离,当前UE就无法和该预置的UE进行通信了。或者当前UE周围新增了其他的UE,而当前UE内没有预置新增的UE的设备标识,那么当前UE就无法和新增的UE进行通信。也就是说,方式二无法实时确定通信的UE的通信状态和与通信的UE之间的通信路径的路径信息。However, in method 2, the communication is realized by presetting the device ID of the UE. If the communication status of the preset UE changes in real time, or the preset UE moves in real time and exceeds the communication distance of the current UE, the current UE cannot communicate with the preset UE. The configured UE communicates. Or other UEs are newly added around the current UE, and the device identifier of the newly added UE is not preset in the current UE, then the current UE cannot communicate with the newly added UE. That is to say, in the second manner, the communication state of the communicating UE and the path information of the communication path with the communicating UE cannot be determined in real time.
方式三:无线自组网按需平面距离向量路由协议(AD hoc on-demand distance vector,AODV)或者多播无线自组网按需平面距离向量路由协议(multicast AD hoc hn-demand distance vector)是目前常用的无线多跳AD hoc网络路由选择协议。以下以AODV为例介绍路由发现过程。当源节点需要向目的节点传输数据时,需要建立一个源节点至目的节点的路由。具体的,源节点会广播一个路由请求报文(route request packet,RREQ),RREQ中携带了源节点的地址和目的节点的地址,RREQ用于发现由源节点至目的节点的路由。当目的节点接收到RREP时,目的节点会以单播方式给源节点回复路由应答报文(Route Reply Packet,RREP),当源节点接收到目的节点发送的路由应答消息RREP时,源节点至目的节点之间的路由就建立起来了。Method 3: AD hoc on-demand distance vector routing protocol (AD hoc on-demand distance vector, AODV) or multicast wireless ad hoc network on-demand plane distance vector routing protocol (multicast AD hoc hn-demand distance vector) is Currently commonly used wireless multi-hop AD hoc network routing protocol. The following uses AODV as an example to introduce the route discovery process. When the source node needs to transmit data to the destination node, a route from the source node to the destination node needs to be established. Specifically, the source node will broadcast a route request packet (route request packet, RREQ), which carries the address of the source node and the address of the destination node in the RREQ, and RREQ is used to find the route from the source node to the destination node. When the destination node receives the RREP, the destination node will reply a Route Reply Packet (RREP) to the source node in unicast mode, and when the source node receives the route reply message RREP sent by the destination node, the Routing between nodes is established.
图1A-图1B示例性示出了由源节点至目的节点建立路由的过程。1A-1B exemplarily show the process of establishing a route from a source node to a destination node.
示例性的,源节点是节点A,目的节点为节点E。Exemplarily, the source node is node A, and the destination node is node E.
在图1A中,当节点A需要和节点E进行通信时,当节点A以广播的方式发送RREQ,与节点A在通信范围内的其他节点都可以接收到节点A发送的RREQ,例如节点B和节点F接收到节点A发送的RREQ,该RREQ中携带的源地址为节点A的地址,目的地址为节点E的地址。节点B和节点F接收到节点A发送的RREQ之后,解析出RREQ携带的目的地址,若该目的地址与节点B的地址和节点F的地址均不同,那么节点B和节点F将该RREQ以广播的形式发送至其他的节点。节点B将生成一个路由表,路由表中的源节点为节点A,目的节点为节点E,下一跳节点为节点A。节点F将生成一个路由表,路由表中的源节点为节点A,目的节点为节点E,下一跳节点为节点A。节点C将接收到节点B发送的RREQ,节点G将接收到节点F发送的RREQ,节点C接收到节点B发送的RREQ和节点G接收到节FB发送的RREQ之后,解析出RREQ携带的目的地址,若该目的地址与节点C的地址和节点G的地址均不同,那么节点C和节点G将该RREQ以广播的形式发送至其他的节点。节点C将生成一个路由表,路由表中的源节点为节点A,目的节点为节点E,下一跳节点为节点B。节点G将生成一个路由表,路由表中的源节点为节点A,目的节点为节点E,下一跳节点为节点F。节点D将接收到节点C发送的RREQ,节点D接收到节点C发送的RREQ之后,解析出RREQ携带的目的地址,若该目的地址与节点D的地址不同,那么节点D将该RREQ以广播的形式发送至其他的节点。节点D将生成一个路由表,路由表中的源节点为节点A,目的节点为节点E,下一跳节点为节点C。节点E将接收到节点D发送的RREQ,节点E接收到节点D发送的RREQ之后,解析出RREQ携带的目的地址,节点E将生成一个路由表,路由表中的源节点为节点A,目的节点为节点E,下一跳节点为节点D。若该目的地址与节点E的地址相同,那么节点E将接收到的该RREQ丢弃,然后节点E在搜索一条到达源节点A的路由。具体,节点E产生一个RREP,按照节点A发送的RREQ创建的一条路由,将RREP以单播的形式基于节点A创建的一条路由发送至节点A。In Figure 1A, when node A needs to communicate with node E, when node A sends RREQ in a broadcast manner, other nodes within the communication range with node A can receive the RREQ sent by node A, such as node B and Node F receives the RREQ sent by node A, the source address carried in the RREQ is the address of node A, and the destination address is the address of node E. After Node B and Node F receive the RREQ sent by Node A, they resolve the destination address carried by the RREQ. If the destination address is different from the address of Node B and the address of Node F, then Node B and Node F broadcast the RREQ as sent to other nodes. Node B will generate a routing table, the source node in the routing table is node A, the destination node is node E, and the next hop node is node A. Node F will generate a routing table, the source node in the routing table is node A, the destination node is node E, and the next hop node is node A. Node C will receive the RREQ sent by node B, node G will receive the RREQ sent by node F, node C will receive the RREQ sent by node B and node G will parse out the destination address carried by the RREQ after receiving the RREQ sent by node FB , if the destination address is different from the address of node C and the address of node G, then node C and node G send the RREQ to other nodes in the form of broadcast. Node C will generate a routing table, the source node in the routing table is node A, the destination node is node E, and the next hop node is node B. Node G will generate a routing table, the source node in the routing table is node A, the destination node is node E, and the next hop node is node F. Node D will receive the RREQ sent by node C. After receiving the RREQ sent by node C, node D will parse out the destination address carried by the RREQ. If the destination address is different from the address of node D, then node D will broadcast the RREQ as Forms are sent to other nodes. Node D will generate a routing table. In the routing table, the source node is node A, the destination node is node E, and the next hop node is node C. Node E will receive the RREQ sent by node D. After receiving the RREQ sent by node D, node E will analyze the destination address carried by RREQ. Node E will generate a routing table. The source node in the routing table is node A, and the destination node is node E, and the next hop node is node D. If the destination address is the same as that of node E, node E discards the received RREQ, and then node E searches for a route to source node A. Specifically, node E generates a RREP, and sends the RREP to node A in unicast form based on a route created by node A according to a route created by the RREQ sent by node A.
如图2所示,节点E将RREP发送至下一跳节点(即节点D),节点D接收到RREP后,节点E将生成一个路由表,路由表中的源节点为节点E,目的节点为节点A,下一跳节点为节点E。若该目的地址与节点D的地址不同,那么节点D将该RREP以单播的形式发送至下一跳节点(即节点C)。节点C接收到RREP后,节点C将生成一个路由表,路由表中的源节点为节点E,目的节点为节点A,下一跳节点为节点D。若该目的地址与节点C的地址不同,那么节点C将该RREP以单播的形式发送至下一跳节点(即节点B)。节点B接收到RREP后,节点B将生成一个路由表,路由表中的源节点为节点E,目的节点为节点A,下一跳节点为节点C。若该目的地址与节点B的地址不同,那么节点B将该RREP以单播的形式发送至下一跳节点(即节点A)。节点A接收到RREP后,节点A将生成一个路由表,路由表中的源节点为节点E,目的节点为节点A,下一跳节点为节点B。若该目的地址与节点A的地址相同,那么节点A确定出节点E可以通信,且节点A至节点F和节点F至节点A之间的路由均已建立完毕,节点A和节点E可以基于建立的路由互相发送和接收消息。As shown in Figure 2, node E sends the RREP to the next hop node (i.e. node D). After node D receives the RREP, node E will generate a routing table. The source node in the routing table is node E, and the destination node is Node A, the next hop node is node E. If the destination address is different from the address of node D, then node D sends the RREP to the next hop node (ie, node C) in unicast form. After node C receives the RREP, node C will generate a routing table. In the routing table, the source node is node E, the destination node is node A, and the next hop node is node D. If the destination address is different from the address of node C, then node C sends the RREP to the next hop node (ie, node B) in unicast form. After node B receives the RREP, node B will generate a routing table, the source node in the routing table is node E, the destination node is node A, and the next hop node is node C. If the destination address is different from the address of node B, then node B sends the RREP to the next hop node (ie, node A) in unicast form. After node A receives the RREP, node A will generate a routing table, the source node in the routing table is node E, the destination node is node A, and the next hop node is node B. If the destination address is the same as the address of node A, then node A determines that node E can communicate, and the routes between node A to node F and node F to node A have been established, and node A and node E can establish Routers send and receive messages to each other.
但是,方式三中,并且每次通信之前,源节点均需要通过图1A和图1B的方式建立起与目的节点之间的路由,才能保证通信的可靠性,也就是说,路由是当需要通信时才会建立,将带来通信时延的影响。且方式三中,源节点无法提前获知目的节点的通信状态,那么源节点与目的节点之间的路由也可能建立失败,导致源节点与目的节点无法通信的问题。However, in the third method, and before each communication, the source node needs to establish a route with the destination node through the methods shown in Figure 1A and Figure 1B, in order to ensure the reliability of communication, that is to say, the route is when communication is required It will be established only when the communication delay is affected. And in the third way, the source node cannot know the communication status of the destination node in advance, so the route between the source node and the destination node may also fail to be established, resulting in the problem that the source node and the destination node cannot communicate.
基于上述分析,本申请实施例提供了一种D2D通信方法,方法包括:D2D网络中的UE接收Relay UE发送的第一中转UE信息列表。其中,第一中转UE信息列表包括Relay UE至目标UE之间的第一通信路径的路径信息。在一种可能的实现方式中,UE接收Relay UE发送的心跳信息,并基于心跳信息确认第一中转UE信息列表是否是更新的中转UE信息列表。心跳信息包括Relay UE的设备标识和版本号,版本号用于确认第一中转UE信息列表是否是更新的中转UE信息列表;当基于第一版本号确认第一中转UE信息列表是更新的中转UE信息列表时,基于所述第一中转UE信息列表发送第一单播信息。需要说明的是,Relay UE是持续性(例如5s为一个周期)发送心跳信息的。Based on the above analysis, an embodiment of the present application provides a D2D communication method, the method includes: the UE in the D2D network receives the first relay UE information list sent by the Relay UE. Wherein, the first relay UE information list includes path information of the first communication path between the Relay UE and the target UE. In a possible implementation manner, the UE receives heartbeat information sent by the relay UE, and determines whether the first relay UE information list is an updated relay UE information list based on the heartbeat information. The heartbeat information includes the device identification and version number of the Relay UE, and the version number is used to confirm whether the first relay UE information list is an updated relay UE information list; when it is confirmed based on the first version number that the first relay UE information list is an updated relay UE When the information list is used, the first unicast information is sent based on the first relay UE information list. It should be noted that the Relay UE sends heartbeat information continuously (for example, 5s is a cycle).
在另一种可能的实现方式中,D2D网络中的UE在接收Relay UE发送的第一中转UE信息列表后,在到达一定时间之前,没有接收到Relay UE发送的心跳消息,也可以认为第一中转UE信息列表是最新的,那么可以基于第一中转UE信息列表发送第一单播消息。在到达一定时间之后,还是没有接收到Relay UE发送的心跳信息,不再基于第一中转UE信息列表发送第一单播消息。In another possible implementation, after the UE in the D2D network receives the first relay UE information list sent by the Relay UE, it can also be considered that the first relay UE does not receive the heartbeat message sent by the Relay UE before a certain period of time. If the relay UE information list is the latest, then the first unicast message may be sent based on the first relay UE information list. After a certain period of time, the heartbeat information sent by the relay UE is still not received, and the first unicast message is no longer sent based on the first relay UE information list.
通过上述方法,UE可以基于接收到的心跳信息中包含的版本号,确认出接收的是否是最新的中转UE信息列表信息,当确认出不是最新的中转UE信息列表信息时,UE向Relay UE发送请求获取最新的中转UE信息列表信息,提高了UE维护的目标UE的通信状态和通信路径的可靠性。Through the above method, the UE can confirm whether it is the latest relay UE information list information based on the version number contained in the received heartbeat information. When it is confirmed that it is not the latest relay UE information list information, the UE sends a message to the relay UE Requesting to acquire the latest transfer UE information list improves the reliability of the communication state and communication path of the target UE maintained by the UE.
下面结合实施例一和实施例二对本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法进行详细明白的阐述。A communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application will be described in detail below in combination with the first embodiment and the second embodiment.
实施例一Embodiment one
实施例一涉及的场景是在D2D网络中包括两个及两个以上Relay UE的场景。The scenario involved in the first embodiment is a scenario in which two or more Relay UEs are included in the D2D network.
实施例一中,UE接收其他UE持续性发送的心跳信息生成一个直接通信UE信息列表。对于Relay UE来说,Relay UE会基于直接通信UE信息列表生成一个中转UE信息列表,RelayUE将中转UE信息列表和Relay UE的设备标识通过广播发送至其他的UE。其他的UE在接收到Relay UE的中转UE信息列表后,将中转UE信息列表和本地维护的直接通信UE信息列表合并,得到第一候选UE信息列表。若直接通信UE信息列表或者中转UE信息列表发生变化后,第一候选UE信息列表里记录通信路径的路径信息也会发生变化。这样,每一个UE通过维护一个第一候选UE信息列表,就可以实时了解到目标UE的通信状态以及到达目标UE的通信路径的路径信息。In Embodiment 1, the UE receives heartbeat information continuously sent by other UEs to generate a direct communication UE information list. For the Relay UE, the Relay UE will generate a relay UE information list based on the direct communication UE information list, and the Relay UE will broadcast the relay UE information list and the device identifier of the Relay UE to other UEs. After receiving the relay UE information list of the relay UE, other UEs combine the relay UE information list with the locally maintained direct communication UE information list to obtain the first candidate UE information list. If the direct communication UE information list or the transit UE information list changes, the path information recorded in the communication path in the first candidate UE information list will also change. In this way, each UE can know the communication state of the target UE and the path information of the communication path to the target UE in real time by maintaining a first candidate UE information list.
请参见图2,图2是本发明实施例提供的一种通信系统200的结构示意图,该通信系统200可以包括用户设备100、用户设备200、用户设备300、用户设备400和用户设备500。其中,用户设备100和用户设备500为非Relay UE,也就是说,用户设备100和用户设备500不可以转发数据。例如,在用户设备100可以与用户设备400通信的情况下,用户设备100可以接收用户设备200发送的数据,但是用户设备100不可以将接收到的用户设备200发送的数据转发至用户设备400或者用户设备300。用户设备200、用户设备300和用户设备400为Relay UE,也就是说,用户设备200、用户设备300和用户设备400可以转发数据。例如,用户设备200可以接收用户设备100发送的数据,并将用户设备100发送的数据转发至用户设备400或者用户设备300。应理解,可以应用本申请实施例的方法的通信系统200中可以包括更多或者更少的用户设备。Please refer to FIG. 2 . FIG. 2 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication system 200 provided by an embodiment of the present invention. The communication system 200 may include user equipment 100 , user equipment 200 , user equipment 300 , user equipment 400 and user equipment 500 . Wherein, the user equipment 100 and the user equipment 500 are non-relay UEs, that is to say, the user equipment 100 and the user equipment 500 cannot forward data. For example, in the case that the user equipment 100 can communicate with the user equipment 400, the user equipment 100 can receive the data sent by the user equipment 200, but the user equipment 100 cannot forward the received data sent by the user equipment 200 to the user equipment 400 or User equipment 300. The user equipment 200, the user equipment 300, and the user equipment 400 are Relay UEs, that is, the user equipment 200, the user equipment 300, and the user equipment 400 can forward data. For example, the user equipment 200 may receive the data sent by the user equipment 100 and forward the data sent by the user equipment 100 to the user equipment 400 or the user equipment 300 . It should be understood that the communication system 200 to which the method of the embodiment of the present application can be applied may include more or fewer user equipments.
下面基于图2提供的一种通信系统200的结构示意图,对D2D网络中存在两个及两个以上Relay UE的场景中,每个UE如何维护候选UE信息列表进行说明。Based on the schematic structural diagram of a communication system 200 provided in FIG. 2 , how each UE maintains a candidate UE information list in a scenario where there are two or more Relay UEs in a D2D network will be described below.
首先,每个UE持续性的发送心跳信息,心跳信息中携带了每个UE的设备标识。每个UE是以广播的形式发送的心跳信息,在通信距离内的UE,都可以互相接收到其他UE发送的心跳信息。每个UE接收其他UE发送的心跳消息生成一个直接通信UE信息列表。First, each UE continuously sends heartbeat information, and the heartbeat information carries the device identifier of each UE. Each UE sends heartbeat information in the form of broadcast, and UEs within a communication distance can receive heartbeat information sent by other UEs. Each UE receives heartbeat messages sent by other UEs to generate a direct communication UE information list.
直接通信UE信息列表包括目标UE的设备标识,目标UE的通信状态,中转跳数和下一跳用户设备的设备标识(user equipment identification,UEID),目标UE的通信状态为在网或离网,下一跳UEID用于指示当前UE至目标UE之间的通信路径中处于与当前UE相邻的用户设备的设备标识。例如,用户设备100接收用户设备200发送的心跳信息生成用户设备100的直接通信UE信息列表。用户设备200接收用户设备100、用户设备300和用户设备400发送的心跳信息生成用户设备200的直接通信UE信息列表。用户设备300接收用户设备200、用户设备400和用户设备500发送的心跳信息生成用户设备300的直接通信UE信息列表。用户设备400接收用户设备200和用户设备300发送的心跳信息生成用户设备400的直接通信UE信息列表。用户设备500接收用户设备300发送的心跳信息生成用户设备500的直接通信UE信息列表。The direct communication UE information list includes the equipment identification of the target UE, the communication status of the target UE, the number of transit hops and the equipment identification (user equipment identification, UEID) of the next-hop user equipment, the communication status of the target UE is on-net or off-net, The next-hop UEID is used to indicate the device identity of the user equipment adjacent to the current UE in the communication path between the current UE and the target UE. For example, the user equipment 100 receives the heartbeat information sent by the user equipment 200 to generate the direct communication UE information list of the user equipment 100 . The user equipment 200 receives the heartbeat information sent by the user equipment 100 , the user equipment 300 and the user equipment 400 to generate a direct communication UE information list of the user equipment 200 . The user equipment 300 receives the heartbeat information sent by the user equipment 200 , the user equipment 400 and the user equipment 500 to generate a direct communication UE information list of the user equipment 300 . The user equipment 400 receives the heartbeat information sent by the user equipment 200 and the user equipment 300 to generate a direct communication UE information list of the user equipment 400 . The user equipment 500 receives the heartbeat information sent by the user equipment 300 to generate a direct communication UE information list of the user equipment 500 .
表1Table 1
目标UE的设备标识Device identity of the target UE 目标UE的通信状态Communication status of the target UE 中转跳数transit hops 下一跳UEIDnext hop UEID
用户设备200user equipment 200 在网online 00 用户设备200user equipment 200
表1示例性示出了用户设备100的直接通信UE信息列表。表1可以表示为(用户设备200,在网,0,用户设备200)。表1示出的目标UE的设备标识为用户设备200,用户设备200的通信状态为在网,用户设备100发送的数据到达用户设备200的中转跳数为0跳,用户设备100发送的数据到达用户设备200的下一跳UEID为用户设备200。Table 1 exemplarily shows the direct communication UE information list of the user equipment 100 . Table 1 can be expressed as (user equipment 200, online, 0, user equipment 200). The device identifier of the target UE shown in Table 1 is user equipment 200, the communication status of user equipment 200 is on the network, the number of transit hops for the data sent by user equipment 100 to reach user equipment 200 is 0 hops, and the data sent by user equipment 100 arrives at The UEID of the next hop of the user equipment 200 is the user equipment 200 .
可选的,由于直接通信UE信息列表中的中转跳数为0,下一跳UEID和目标UE的设备标识相同,因此,直接通信UE信息列表中的中转跳数和下一跳UEID可以省略,这样,可以节省每一个UE维护的直接通信UE信息列表的消耗。Optionally, since the transit hop count in the direct communication UE information list is 0, and the next-hop UEID is the same as the device identifier of the target UE, the transit hop count and the next-hop UEID in the direct communication UE information list can be omitted, In this way, the consumption of the direct communication UE information list maintained by each UE can be saved.
那么表1所示的直接通信UE信息列表可以简化为表2的格式。Then the direct communication UE information list shown in Table 1 can be simplified into the format of Table 2.
表2Table 2
目标UE的设备标识Device identity of the target UE 目标UE的通信状态Communication status of the target UE
用户设备200user equipment 200 在网online
表2示例性示出了简化后的用户设备100的直接通信UE信息列表。表2可以表示为(用户设备200,在网)。需要说明的是,本申请以下实施例所述的直接通信UE信息列表均为简化后的直接通信UE信息列表。Table 2 exemplarily shows the simplified direct communication UE information list of the user equipment 100 . Table 2 may be expressed as (user equipment 200, on-net). It should be noted that the direct communication UE information list described in the following embodiments of the present application is a simplified direct communication UE information list.
同理,下面依次示出用户设备200、用户设备300、用户设备400和用户设备500的直接通信UE信息列表。Similarly, the direct communication UE information lists of the user equipment 200, the user equipment 300, the user equipment 400, and the user equipment 500 are shown in sequence below.
表3table 3
目标UE的设备标识Device identity of the target UE 目标UE的通信状态Communication status of the target UE
用户设备100user equipment 100 在网online
用户设备300user equipment 300 在网online
用户设备400user equipment 400 在网online
表3示例性示出了用户设备200的直接通信UE信息列表。表3可以表示为(用户设备 100,在网),(用户设备300,在网),(用户设备400,在网)。Table 3 exemplarily shows the direct communication UE information list of the user equipment 200 . Table 3 may be expressed as (user equipment 100, online), (user equipment 300, online), (user equipment 400, online).
表4Table 4
目标UE的设备标识Device identity of the target UE 目标UE的通信状态Communication status of the target UE
用户设备200user equipment 200 在网online
用户设备400user equipment 400 在网online
用户设备500user equipment 500 在网online
表4示例性示出了用户设备300的直接通信UE信息列表。表4可以表示为(用户设备200,在网),(用户设备400,在网),(用户设备500,在网)。Table 4 exemplarily shows the direct communication UE information list of the user equipment 300 . Table 4 may be expressed as (user equipment 200, online), (user equipment 400, online), (user equipment 500, online).
表5table 5
目标UE的设备标识Device identity of the target UE 目标UE的通信状态Communication status of the target UE
用户设备200user equipment 200 在网online
用户设备300user equipment 300 在网online
表5示例性示出了用户设备400的直接通信UE信息列表。表5可以表示为(用户设备200,在网),(用户设备300,在网)。Table 5 exemplarily shows the direct communication UE information list of the user equipment 400 . Table 5 may be expressed as (user equipment 200, online), (user equipment 300, online).
表6Table 6
目标UE的设备标识Device identity of the target UE 目标UE的通信状态Communication status of the target UE
用户设备300user equipment 300 在网online
表6示例性示出了用户设备500的直接通信UE信息列表。表6可以表示为(用户设备300,在网)。Table 6 exemplarily shows the direct communication UE information list of the user equipment 500 . Table 6 may be expressed as (user equipment 300, on-net).
对于D2D网络中的Relay UE来说,Relay UE会基于得到的直接通信UE信息列表,基于预设的规则一筛选出愿意为哪些目标UE转发数据的目标UE,得到中转UE信息列表。For the Relay UE in the D2D network, based on the obtained direct communication UE information list, the Relay UE will filter out the target UEs willing to forward data for which target UEs based on the preset rule 1, and obtain the relay UE information list.
预设的规则一可以是一下任意一种或几种方式:Preset rule 1 can be any one or more of the following:
方式一:为了减小网络规模和发送数据的负载,中转UE信息列表中的目标UE的种类小于预设数量。Way 1: In order to reduce the network scale and the load of sending data, the types of target UEs in the transfer UE information list are less than the preset number.
例如,Relay UE的直接通信UE信息列表中目标UE的种类为5个,但是中转UE信息列表中预设的目标UE的种类不超过4个,那么该Relay UE需要从5个目标UE中筛选出不多于4个目标UE的通信路径的路径信息并保存至中转UE信息列表中。For example, if there are 5 types of target UEs in the direct communication UE information list of the Relay UE, but the preset target UE types in the relay UE information list do not exceed 4, then the Relay UE needs to be selected from the 5 target UEs The path information of the communication path of no more than 4 target UEs is saved in the transit UE information list.
方式二:中转UE信息列表中目标UE的优先级如下:在网的目标UE比离网的目标UE优先级高,跳数小的目标UE比跳数大的优先级高。Method 2: The priority of the target UE in the transit UE information list is as follows: the priority of the target UE on the network is higher than that of the target UE off the network, and the priority of the target UE with a small hop number is higher than that of a large hop number.
例如,Relay UE可以从直接通信UE信息列表中选取通信状态为在网的目标UE的通信路径的路径信息保存至中转UE信息列表中。或者,某个Relay UE可以从直接通信UE信息列表中选取中转次数小于预设跳数的目标UE的通信路径的路径信息保存至中转UE信息列表中。For example, the relay UE may select from the direct communication UE information list the path information of the communication path of the target UE whose communication status is on the network and save it in the relay UE information list. Alternatively, a certain relay UE may select from the direct communication UE information list the path information of the communication path of the target UE whose transit times are less than the preset hop count and save it in the transit UE information list.
方式三:Relay UE接收用户操作从直接通信UE信息列表中选取一个或多个目标UE的路径信息并保存至中转UE信息列表中。Mode 3: Relay UE receives user operation and selects path information of one or more target UEs from the direct communication UE information list and saves them in the relay UE information list.
方式四:Relay UE从直接通信UE信息列表中筛选出中转跳数小于预设跳数的一个或多个目标UE的路径信息并保存至中转UE信息列表中。Method 4: The Relay UE screens out the path information of one or more target UEs whose transit hops are less than the preset hops from the direct communication UE information list and saves them in the transit UE information list.
需要说明的是,基于直接通信UE信息列表得到中转UE信息列表的方式不仅限于上述四种,还可以是其他的方式,本申请实施例对此不做限定。It should be noted that the manners of obtaining the transfer UE information list based on the direct communication UE information list are not limited to the above four methods, and may also be other manners, which are not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
其次,D2D网络中的Relay UE在得到中转UE信息列表后,Relay UE将本地得到的中转UE信息列表以及Relay UE的设备标识通过广播的方式发送至其他的UE(包括普通的UE和Relay UE)。与Relay UE在通信距离内的其他UE均会接收到Relay UE发送的中转UE信息列表以及Relay UE的设备标识。Secondly, after the Relay UE in the D2D network obtains the relay UE information list, the Relay UE broadcasts the locally obtained relay UE information list and the device identifier of the Relay UE to other UEs (including ordinary UEs and Relay UEs) . Other UEs within the communication distance with the Relay UE will receive the relay UE information list and the device identification of the Relay UE sent by the Relay UE.
可选的,Relay UE可以是周期性将本地得到的中转UE信息列表以及Relay UE的设备标识通过广播的方式发送至其他的UE。Optionally, the Relay UE may periodically broadcast the locally obtained relay UE information list and the device identifier of the Relay UE to other UEs.
可选的,Relay UE监测到本地的中转UE信息列表发生变化后,再将更新后得到的完整的中转UE信息列表以及Relay UE的设备标识通过广播的方式发送至其他的UE。Optionally, after the Relay UE detects that the local relay UE information list has changed, it sends the updated complete relay UE information list and the device identifier of the Relay UE to other UEs by broadcast.
可选的,Relay UE监测到本地的中转UE信息列表发生变化后,仅将发生变化的目标UE的路径信息以及Relay UE的设备标识通过广播的方式发送至其他的UE。Optionally, after the Relay UE detects a change in the local relay UE information list, it only broadcasts the path information of the changed target UE and the device identifier of the Relay UE to other UEs.
可选的,Relay UE向其他UE发送的中转UE信息列表之前,可以将中转UE信息列表中的每一条通信路径中的下一跳UEID删除后,再将删除下一跳UEID后的中转UE信息列表发送至其他的UE。这样,其他的UE在接收到删除下一跳UEID后的中转UE信息列表后,将删除下一跳UEID后的中转UE信息列表中加上下一跳UEID为发送该中转UE信息列表的Relay UE的设备标识。这样,可以减少Relay UE发送中转UE信息列表的网络负载。Optionally, before the Relay UE sends the relay UE information list to other UEs, it can delete the next-hop UEID in each communication path in the relay UE information list, and then delete the relay UE information after deleting the next-hop UEID The list is sent to other UEs. In this way, after other UEs receive the relay UE information list after deleting the next-hop UEID, they will add the next-hop UEID to the relay UE information list after deleting the next-hop UEID as the relay UE that sent the relay UE information list Equipment Identity. In this way, the network load for the Relay UE to send the relay UE information list can be reduced.
可选的,Relay UE向其他UE发送的中转UE信息列表之前,先将中转UE信息列表中的中转跳数加1,之后再将中转跳数加1后的中转UE信息列表发送至其他UE。这样,其他的UE在接收到中转UE信息列表之后,可以不用再将中转UE信息列表中中中转跳数加1,可以减小其他UE的处理量。Optionally, before the Relay UE sends the relay UE information list to other UEs, it first adds 1 to the relay hop count in the relay UE information list, and then sends the relay UE information list after the relay hop count plus 1 to other UEs. In this way, after receiving the transfer UE information list, other UEs do not need to add 1 to the transfer hop count in the transfer UE information list, which can reduce the processing load of other UEs.
本申请以下实施例以Relay UE不做任何处理的中转UE信息列表发送至其他的UE为例进行说明。In the following embodiments of the present application, the Relay UE does not perform any processing and sends the relay UE information list to other UEs as an example for illustration.
示例性的,假设通信系统200中的每一个Relay UE得到的中转UE信息列表与直接通信UE信息列表一样,即没有对直接通信UE信息列表中的通信路径删减。之后,通信系统200中的每一个Relay UE将中转UE信息列表通过广播的方式发送至其他的UE。Exemplarily, it is assumed that the relay UE information list obtained by each relay UE in the communication system 200 is the same as the direct communication UE information list, that is, the communication paths in the direct communication UE information list are not deleted. Afterwards, each Relay UE in the communication system 200 sends the relay UE information list to other UEs by broadcasting.
例如,用户设备200将用户设备200的中转UE信息列表一和用户设备200的设备标识分别发送至用户设备100、用户设备300和用户设备400,用户设备200的中转UE信息列表一中的路径信息与用户设备200的直接通信UE信息列表中的路径信息相同。用户设备300将用户设备300的中转UE信息列表一和用户设备300的设备标识分别发送至用户设备200、用户设备400和用户设备500,用户设备300的中转UE信息列表一中的路径信息与用户设备300的直接通信UE信息列表中的路径信息相同。用户设备400将用户设备400的中转UE信息列表一和用户设备400的设备标识分别发送至用户设备200和用户设备300,用户设备400的中转UE信息列表一中的路径信息与用户设备400的直接通信UE信息列表中的路径信息相同。For example, the user equipment 200 sends the transfer UE information list 1 of the user equipment 200 and the device identifier of the user equipment 200 to the user equipment 100, the user equipment 300 and the user equipment 400 respectively, and the path information in the transfer UE information list 1 of the user equipment 200 It is the same as the path information in the direct communication UE information list of the user equipment 200 . The user equipment 300 sends the transfer UE information list 1 of the user equipment 300 and the device identifier of the user equipment 300 to the user equipment 200, the user equipment 400, and the user equipment 500 respectively, and the path information in the transfer UE information list 1 of the user equipment 300 and the user equipment The path information in the direct communication UE information list of device 300 is the same. The user equipment 400 sends the transfer UE information list 1 of the user equipment 400 and the device identifier of the user equipment 400 to the user equipment 200 and the user equipment 300 respectively, and the path information in the transfer UE information list 1 of the user equipment 400 and the direct link of the user equipment 400 The path information in the communication UE information list is the same.
其他的UE在接收到Relay UE发送的中转UE信息列表后,将本地维护的直接通信UE信息列表和中转UE信息列表合并,得到候选UE信息列表。After receiving the relay UE information list sent by the relay UE, other UEs combine the locally maintained direct communication UE information list and the relay UE information list to obtain a candidate UE information list.
UE在将本地维护的直接通信UE信息列表和中转UE信息列表合并之前,需要对接收到的中转UE信息列表进行处理,得到临时UE信息列表。Before the UE combines the locally maintained direct communication UE information list and the transfer UE information list, it needs to process the received transfer UE information list to obtain a temporary UE information list.
UE可以基于预设的规则二对接收到的中转UE信息列表进行处理,得到临时UE信息列表。The UE may process the received transfer UE information list based on preset rule 2 to obtain a temporary UE information list.
预设的规则二可以是一下任意一种或几种方式:The preset rule 2 can be any one or several of the following methods:
方式一:在接收到的中转UE信息列表记录的通信路径中,将通路路径的路径信息中记载的目标UE的设备标识与自己的设备标识相同的通信路径删掉,得到临时UE信息列表。Method 1: Among the communication paths recorded in the received transit UE information list, delete the communication paths in which the device identifier of the target UE recorded in the path information of the route path is the same as its own device identifier, and obtain the temporary UE information list.
方式二:在接收到的中转UE信息列表记录的通信路径中,将通路路径的路径信息中记载的下一跳UEID与自己的设备标识相同的通信路径删掉,得到临时UE信息列表。Method 2: Among the communication paths recorded in the received transit UE information list, delete the communication paths whose next-hop UEID recorded in the path information of the path path is the same as its own device identifier, and obtain the temporary UE information list.
方式三:在接收到的中转UE信息列表记录的通信路径中,将通路路径的路径信息中记载的下一跳UEID与自己的设备标识不相同的通信路径中的中转跳数增加1,同时把对应的通信路径的路径信息中的下一跳UEID修改为发送该中转UE信息列表的Relay UE发的设备标识,得到临时UE信息列表。Method 3: In the communication path recorded in the received transit UE information list, increase the transit hop count in the communication path in which the UEID of the next hop recorded in the path information of the path path is different from its own device identifier by 1, and at the same time add The next-hop UEID in the path information of the corresponding communication path is modified to the device identifier sent by the Relay UE that sent the relay UE information list, and the temporary UE information list is obtained.
需要说明的是,基于中转UE信息列表得到临时UE信息列表的方式不仅限于上述两种,还可以是其他的方式,本申请实施例对此不做限定。It should be noted that the manners of obtaining the temporary UE information list based on the transit UE information list are not limited to the above two manners, and may also be other manners, which are not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
下面以用户设备200如何根据接收到的中转UE信息列表得到临时UE信息列表进行说明。The following describes how the user equipment 200 obtains the temporary UE information list according to the received relay UE information list.
用户设备200可以与用户设备300和用户设备400直接进行通信,那么用户设备200可以接收用户设备300和用户设备400分别发送的中转UE信息列表。The user equipment 200 can directly communicate with the user equipment 300 and the user equipment 400, then the user equipment 200 can receive the transfer UE information lists sent by the user equipment 300 and the user equipment 400 respectively.
首先,用户设备200接收用户设备300发送的中转UE信息列表,由前述可知,用户设备300的中转UE信息列表和用户设备300的直接通信UE信息列表是相同的。First, the user equipment 200 receives the relay UE information list sent by the user equipment 300. From the foregoing, it can be seen that the relay UE information list of the user equipment 300 and the direct communication UE information list of the user equipment 300 are the same.
用户设备200基于上述预设的规则二对用户设备300的中转UE信息列表进行处理,得到用户设备200的临时UE信息列表一。The user equipment 200 processes the transit UE information list of the user equipment 300 based on the above preset rule 2 to obtain the temporary UE information list 1 of the user equipment 200 .
表7Table 7
目标UE的设备标识Device identity of the target UE 目标UE的通信状态Communication status of the target UE 中转跳数transit hops 下一跳UEIDnext hop UEID
用户设备400user equipment 400 在网online 11 用户设备300user equipment 300
用户设备500user equipment 500 在网online 11 用户设备300user equipment 300
表7中示出了用户设备200基于用户设备300的中转UE信息列表得到的临时UE信息列表一。表7中,目标UE的设备标识为用户设备400,用户设备400的通信状态为在网,用户设备200到达用户设备400的数据经过的中转跳数为1,用户设备200到达用户设备400的数据的下一跳UEID为用户设备300。目标UE的设备标识还可以是用户设备500,用户设备500的通信状态为在网,用户设备200到达用户设备500的数据经过的中转跳数为1,用户设备200到达用户设备500的数据的下一跳UEID为用户设备300。Table 7 shows the first temporary UE information list obtained by the user equipment 200 based on the transfer UE information list of the user equipment 300 . In Table 7, the device identifier of the target UE is user equipment 400, the communication status of user equipment 400 is online, the number of transit hops passed by the data from user equipment 200 to user equipment 400 is 1, and the data from user equipment 200 to user equipment 400 The UEID of the next hop is the user equipment 300 . The device identifier of the target UE may also be the user equipment 500, the communication status of the user equipment 500 is online, the number of transit hops passed by the data from the user equipment 200 to the user equipment 500 is 1, and the next step of the data from the user equipment 200 to the user equipment 500 is 1. The one-hop UEID is the user equipment 300 .
用户设备200还会接收用户设备400发送的中转UE信息列表,由前述可知,用户设备400的中转UE信息列表和用户设备400的直接通信UE信息列表是相同的。The user equipment 200 will also receive the relay UE information list sent by the user equipment 400. As can be seen from the foregoing, the relay UE information list of the user equipment 400 is the same as the direct communication UE information list of the user equipment 400.
基于上述预设的规则二对用户设备400的中转UE信息列表进行处理,得到用户设备200的临时UE信息列表二。The transit UE information list of the user equipment 400 is processed based on the above preset rule 2 to obtain the temporary UE information list 2 of the user equipment 200 .
表8Table 8
目标UE的设备标识Device identity of the target UE 目标UE的通信状态Communication status of the target UE 中转跳数transit hops 下一跳UEIDnext hop UEID
用户设备300user equipment 300 在网online 11 用户设备400user equipment 400
表8中示出了用户设备200基于用户设备400的中转UE信息列表得到的临时UE信息列表二。表8中,目标UE的设备标识为用户设备300,用户设备300的通信状态为在网,用户设备200到达用户设备300的数据经过的中转跳数为1,用户设备200到达用户设备300的数据的下一跳UEID为用户设备400。Table 8 shows the second temporary UE information list obtained by the user equipment 200 based on the transfer UE information list of the user equipment 400 . In Table 8, the device identifier of the target UE is user equipment 300, the communication status of user equipment 300 is online, the number of transit hops passed by the data from user equipment 200 to user equipment 300 is 1, and the data from user equipment 200 to user equipment 300 The UEID of the next hop is the user equipment 400.
以此类推,用户设备100还可以接收用户设备200发送的中转UE信息列表。并基于上述预设的规则二对用户设备200的中转UE信息列表进行处理,得到由表9所示的用户设备 100的临时UE信息列表一。By analogy, the user equipment 100 may also receive the transfer UE information list sent by the user equipment 200 . And based on the above preset rule 2, the transit UE information list of the user equipment 200 is processed, and the temporary UE information list 1 of the user equipment 100 shown in Table 9 is obtained.
表9Table 9
目标UE的设备标识Device identity of the target UE 目标UE的通信状态Communication status of the target UE 中转跳数transit hops 下一跳UEIDnext hop UEID
用户设备300user equipment 300 在网online 11 用户设备200user equipment 200
用户设备400user equipment 400 在网online 11 用户设备200user equipment 200
用户设备300还可以分别接收用户设备200和用户设备400发送的中转UE信息列表。The user equipment 300 may also receive the transfer UE information lists sent by the user equipment 200 and the user equipment 400 respectively.
用户设备300基于上述预设的规则二对用户设备200的中转UE信息列表进行处理,得到由表10所示的用户设备300的临时UE信息列表一。The user equipment 300 processes the transit UE information list of the user equipment 200 based on the above preset rule 2, and obtains the temporary UE information list 1 of the user equipment 300 shown in Table 10.
表10Table 10
目标UE的设备标识Device identity of the target UE 目标UE的通信状态Communication status of the target UE 中转跳数transit hops 下一跳UEIDnext hop UEID
用户设备100user equipment 100 在网online 11 用户设备200user equipment 200
用户设备400user equipment 400 在网online 11 用户设备200user equipment 200
用户设备300基于上述预设的规则二对用户设备400的中转UE信息列表进行处理,得到由表11所示的用户设备300的临时UE信息列表二。The user equipment 300 processes the transit UE information list of the user equipment 400 based on the above preset rule 2, and obtains the temporary UE information list 2 of the user equipment 300 shown in Table 11.
表11Table 11
目标UE的设备标识Device identity of the target UE 目标UE的通信状态Communication status of the target UE 中转跳数transit hops 下一跳UEIDnext hop UEID
用户设备200user equipment 200 在网online 11 用户设备400user equipment 400
用户设备400还可以分别接收用户设备200和用户设备300发送的中转UE信息列表。The user equipment 400 may also receive the transfer UE information lists sent by the user equipment 200 and the user equipment 300 respectively.
用户设备400基于上述预设的规则二对用户设备200的中转UE信息列表进行处理,得到由表12所示的用户设备400的临时UE信息列表一。The user equipment 400 processes the transit UE information list of the user equipment 200 based on the above preset rule 2, and obtains the temporary UE information list 1 of the user equipment 400 shown in Table 12.
表12Table 12
目标UE的设备标识Device identity of the target UE 目标UE的通信状态Communication status of the target UE 中转跳数transit hops 下一跳UEIDnext hop UEID
用户设备100user equipment 100 在网online 11 用户设备200user equipment 200
用户设备300user equipment 300 在网online 11 用户设备200user equipment 200
用户设备400基于上述预设的规则二对用户设备300的中转UE信息列表进行处理,得到由表13所示的用户设备400的临时UE信息列表二。The user equipment 400 processes the transit UE information list of the user equipment 300 based on the above preset rule 2, and obtains the temporary UE information list 2 of the user equipment 400 shown in Table 13.
表13Table 13
目标UE的设备标识Device identity of the target UE 目标UE的通信状态Communication status of the target UE 中转跳数transit hops 下一跳UEIDnext hop UEID
用户设备200user equipment 200 在网online 11 用户设备300user equipment 300
用户设备500user equipment 500 在网online 11 用户设备300user equipment 300
用户设备500还可以接收用户设备300发送的中转UE信息列表。并基于上述预设的规则二对用户设备300的中转UE信息列表进行处理,得到由表14所示的用户设备500的临时UE信息列表一。The user equipment 500 may also receive the transfer UE information list sent by the user equipment 300 . And based on the above preset rule 2, the transit UE information list of the user equipment 300 is processed, and the temporary UE information list 1 of the user equipment 500 shown in Table 14 is obtained.
表14Table 14
目标UE的设备标识Device identity of the target UE 目标UE的通信状态Communication status of the target UE 中转跳数transit hops 下一跳UEIDnext hop UEID
用户设备200user equipment 200 在网online 11 用户设备300user equipment 300
用户设备400user equipment 400 在网online 11 用户设备300user equipment 300
其他的UE在得到临时UE信息列表后,将临时UE信息列表与本地维护的直接通信UE信息列表合并,得到候选UE信息列表。After obtaining the temporary UE information list, other UEs combine the temporary UE information list with the locally maintained direct communication UE information list to obtain a candidate UE information list.
UE可以基于预设的规则三将临时UE信息列表和直接通信UE信息列表合并,得到候选UE信息列表。The UE may combine the temporary UE information list and the direct communication UE information list based on preset rule 3 to obtain a candidate UE information list.
预设的规则三可以是一下任意一种或几种方式:The default rule three can be any one or several of the following:
方式一:若临时UE信息列表里某条通信路径中的目标UE的设备标识和下一跳UEID,与直接通信UE信息列表里某条通信路径中的目标UE的设备标识和下一跳UEID均相同,则删除直接通信UE信息列表里的该通信路径。也即新信息覆盖旧信息。Method 1: If the device ID and next-hop UEID of the target UE in a communication path in the temporary UE information list are the same as the device ID and next-hop UEID of the target UE in a communication path in the direct communication UE information list If they are the same, the communication path in the direct communication UE information list is deleted. That is, new information overwrites old information.
方式二:如果Relay UE发送的中转UE信息列表是完整的中转UE信息列表,既包含所有目标UE的路径信息,而不是只是发送的变化的目标UE的路径信息。那么如果在临时UE信息列表里不存在某一个目标UE的通信路径,但是在直接通信UE信息列表中存在该某一个目标UE的通信路径,并且在直接通信UE信息列表中该某一个目标UE的通信路径中下一跳UEID与发送中转UE信息列表的Relay UE的设备标识相同,且通信路径中的中转跳数大于0,则说明Relay UE不会给该某一个目标UE提供转发数据的功能,那么UE将直接通信UE信息列表中该某一个目标UE的通信路径中的通信状态由在网修改为离网。Method 2: If the relay UE information list sent by the Relay UE is a complete relay UE information list, it includes the path information of all target UEs, not just the changed path information of the target UE sent. Then if the communication path of a certain target UE does not exist in the temporary UE information list, but the communication path of the certain target UE exists in the direct communication UE information list, and the communication path of the certain target UE in the direct communication UE information list If the UEID of the next hop in the communication path is the same as the device identifier of the Relay UE that sends the relay UE information list, and the number of relay hops in the communication path is greater than 0, it means that the Relay UE will not provide the function of forwarding data to a certain target UE. Then, the UE changes the communication state of the communication path of the certain target UE in the direct communication UE information list from on-net to off-net.
方式三:对于临时UE信息列表和直接通信UE信息列表,如果UE存储空间只允许将同一个目标UE保存X条路径信息,那么将同一个目标UE的通信路径的路径信息中的通信状态为“在网”的通信路径按照中转跳数从小到大排序,选择跳数小于预设条数的X条通信路径保留下来。若同一个目标UE的多个通信路径中的中转跳数相同,则保留同一个目标UE的多个通信路径中接收功率最大的一个,或者优先选择从接收功率较大(或者)的发送UE获得的目标UE信息。Method 3: For the temporary UE information list and the direct communication UE information list, if the UE storage space only allows saving X pieces of path information for the same target UE, then set the communication status in the path information of the communication path of the same target UE to " The communication paths of "on-net" are sorted according to the number of transit hops from small to large, and X communication paths with a number of hops less than the preset number are selected and reserved. If the number of transit hops in multiple communication paths of the same target UE is the same, reserve the one with the highest received power among the multiple communication paths of the same target UE, or preferentially select the transmission UE with higher received power (or) to obtain target UE information.
通信路径中通信状态为“离网”的通信路径优先级最低,UE可以删除目标UE的通信路径中通信状态为“离网”的通信路径。Among the communication paths, the communication path whose communication state is "off-grid" has the lowest priority, and the UE may delete the communication path whose communication state is "off-grid" among the communication paths of the target UE.
方式四:对于临时UE信息列表和直接通信UE信息列表,如果设备存储空间只允许的保存Y个不同类型的目标UE,则“在网”的目标UE比“离网”的目标UE优先高,跳数小的目标UE比跳数大的目标UE的优先级高。或者用户自己选择保存哪些目标UE的通信路径。Method 4: For the temporary UE information list and the direct communication UE information list, if the storage space of the device only allows Y different types of target UEs to be stored, the "on-network" target UE has a higher priority than the "off-network" target UE. A target UE with a small hop count has a higher priority than a target UE with a large hop count. Or the user chooses which communication paths of the target UEs to save.
方式五:为了减小网络规模,将中转UE信息列表和直接通信信息列表中的中转跳数大于预设跳数的通信路径的路径信息均删除掉。Way 5: In order to reduce the network scale, delete the path information of the communication paths whose transit hop count is greater than the preset hop count in the transfer UE information list and the direct communication information list.
需要说明的是,将临时UE信息列表和直接通信UE信息列表合并,得到候选UE信息列表不仅限于上述五种,还可以是其他的方式,本申请实施例对此不做限定。It should be noted that combining the temporary UE information list and the direct communication UE information list to obtain the candidate UE information list is not limited to the above five types, and other methods are also possible, which are not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
下面以用户设备200如何将临时UE信息列表一、临时UE信息列表二和用户设备200的直接通信UE信息列表合并进行说明。The following describes how the user equipment 200 combines the temporary UE information list 1, the temporary UE information list 2 and the direct communication UE information list of the user equipment 200.
用户设备200基于上述预设的规则三对临时UE信息列表一、临时UE信息列表二和用户设备200的直接通信UE信息列表合并进行合并,得到用户设备200的候选UE信息列表一。The user equipment 200 merges the temporary UE information list 1, the temporary UE information list 2 and the direct communication UE information list of the user equipment 200 based on the above preset rule 3 to obtain the candidate UE information list 1 of the user equipment 200 .
表15Table 15
目标UE的设备标识Device identity of the target UE 目标UE的通信状态Communication status of the target UE 中转跳数transit hops 下一跳UEIDnext hop UEID
用户设备100user equipment 100 在网online 00 用户设备100user equipment 100
用户设备300user equipment 300 在网online 00 用户设备300user equipment 300
用户设备400user equipment 400 在网online 00 用户设备400user equipment 400
用户设备400user equipment 400 在网online 11 用户设备300user equipment 300
用户设备500user equipment 500 在网online 11 用户设备300user equipment 300
用户设备300user equipment 300 在网online 11 用户设备400user equipment 400
表15中示出了用户设备200基于临时UE信息列表一、临时UE信息列表二和用户设备200的直接通信UE信息列表得到用户设备200的候选UE信息列表一。表7中,目标UE的设备标识为用户设备100,用户设备100的通信状态为在网,用户设备200的数据到达用户设备100的中转跳数为0,用户设备200的数据到达用户设备100的下一跳UEID为用户设备100。目标UE的设备标识还可以是用户设备300,用户设备300的通信状态为在网,用户设备200的数据到达用户设备300的中转跳数为0,用户设备200的数据到达用户设备300的下一跳UEID为用户设备300。目标UE的设备标识还可以用户设备400,用户设备400的通信状态为在网,用户设备200的数据到达用户设备400的中转跳数为0,用户设备200的数据到达用户设备400的下一跳UEID为用户设备400。目标UE的设备标识还可以用户设备400,用户设备400的通信状态为在网,用户设备200的数据到达用户设备400的中转跳数为1,用户设备200的数据到达用户设备400的下一跳UEID为用户设备300。目标UE的设备标识还可以用户设备500,用户设备500的通信状态为在网,用户设备200的数据到达用户设备500的中转跳数为1,用户设备200的数据到达用户设备500的下一跳UEID为用户设备300。目标UE的设备标识还可以用户设备300,用户设备300的通信状态为在网,用户设备200的数据到达用户设备300的中转跳数为1,用户设备200的数据到达用户设备300的下一跳UEID为用户设备400。Table 15 shows that the user equipment 200 obtains the first candidate UE information list of the user equipment 200 based on the first temporary UE information list, the second temporary UE information list and the direct communication UE information list of the user equipment 200 . In Table 7, the device identifier of the target UE is user equipment 100, the communication status of user equipment 100 is online, the number of transit hops for the data of user equipment 200 to reach user equipment 100 is 0, and the number of transit hops for data of user equipment 200 to reach user equipment 100 is 0. The next hop UEID is the user equipment 100 . The device identifier of the target UE may also be the user equipment 300, the communication status of the user equipment 300 is online, the number of transit hops for the data of the user equipment 200 to reach the user equipment 300 is 0, and the data of the user equipment 200 arrives at the next hop of the user equipment 300. The jump UEID is the user equipment 300 . The device identifier of the target UE can also be the user equipment 400, the communication status of the user equipment 400 is on the network, the number of transit hops for the data of the user equipment 200 to reach the user equipment 400 is 0, and the next hop for the data of the user equipment 200 to reach the user equipment 400 UEID is user equipment 400 . The device identifier of the target UE can also be the user equipment 400, the communication status of the user equipment 400 is on the network, the number of transit hops for the data of the user equipment 200 to reach the user equipment 400 is 1, and the next hop for the data of the user equipment 200 to reach the user equipment 400 UEID is user equipment 300 . The device identifier of the target UE can also be the user equipment 500, the communication status of the user equipment 500 is on the network, the number of transit hops for the data of the user equipment 200 to reach the user equipment 500 is 1, and the next hop for the data of the user equipment 200 to reach the user equipment 500 UEID is user equipment 300 . The device identifier of the target UE can also be the user equipment 300, the communication status of the user equipment 300 is on the network, the number of transit hops for the data of the user equipment 200 to reach the user equipment 300 is 1, and the next hop for the data of the user equipment 200 to reach the user equipment 300 UEID is user equipment 400 .
以此类推,用户设备100可以将用户设备100的临时UE信息列表一和用户设备100的直接通信UE信息列表合并,得到用户设备100的候选UE信息列表一。By analogy, the user equipment 100 may combine the temporary UE information list 1 of the user equipment 100 and the direct communication UE information list of the user equipment 100 to obtain the candidate UE information list 1 of the user equipment 100 .
表16Table 16
目标UE的设备标识Device identity of the target UE 目标UE的通信状态Communication status of the target UE 中转跳数transit hops 下一跳UEIDnext hop UEID
用户设备200user equipment 200 在网online 00 用户设备200user equipment 200
用户设备300user equipment 300 在网online 11 用户设备200user equipment 200
用户设备400user equipment 400 在网online 11 用户设备200user equipment 200
表16中示出了用户设备100基于用户设备100的临时UE信息列表一和用户设备100的直接通信UE信息列表得到用户设备100的候选UE信息列表一。Table 16 shows that the user equipment 100 obtains the candidate UE information list 1 of the user equipment 100 based on the temporary UE information list 1 of the user equipment 100 and the direct communication UE information list of the user equipment 100 .
用户设备300可以将用户设备300的临时UE信息列表一、临时UE信息列表二和用户设备300的直接通信UE信息列表合并,得到用户设备300的候选UE信息列表一。The user equipment 300 may combine the temporary UE information list 1 of the user equipment 300 , the temporary UE information list 2 and the direct communication UE information list of the user equipment 300 to obtain the candidate UE information list 1 of the user equipment 300 .
表17Table 17
目标UE的设备标识Device identity of the target UE 目标UE的通信状态Communication status of the target UE 中转跳数transit hops 下一跳UEIDnext hop UEID
用户设备200user equipment 200 在网online 00 用户设备200user equipment 200
用户设备400user equipment 400 在网online 00 用户设备400user equipment 400
用户设备500user equipment 500 在网online 00 用户设备500user equipment 500
用户设备100user equipment 100 在网online 11 用户设备200user equipment 200
用户设备400user equipment 400 在网online 11 用户设备200user equipment 200
用户设备200user equipment 200 在网online 11 用户设备400user equipment 400
表17中示出了用户设备300基于用户设备300的临时UE信息列表一、临时UE信息列表二和用户设备300的直接通信UE信息列表得到用户设备300的候选UE信息列表一。Table 17 shows that the user equipment 300 obtains the first candidate UE information list of the user equipment 300 based on the first temporary UE information list of the user equipment 300 , the second temporary UE information list and the direct communication UE information list of the user equipment 300 .
用户设备400可以将用户设备400的临时UE信息列表一、临时UE信息列表二和用户设备400的直接通信UE信息列表合并,得到用户设备400的候选UE信息列表一。The user equipment 400 may combine the first temporary UE information list of the user equipment 400 , the second temporary UE information list and the direct communication UE information list of the user equipment 400 to obtain the first candidate UE information list of the user equipment 400 .
表18Table 18
目标UE的设备标识Device identity of the target UE 目标UE的通信状态Communication status of the target UE 中转跳数transit hops 下一跳UEIDnext hop UEID
用户设备200user equipment 200 在网online 00 用户设备200user equipment 200
用户设备300user equipment 300 在网online 00 用户设备300user equipment 300
用户设备100user equipment 100 在网online 11 用户设备200user equipment 200
用户设备300user equipment 300 在网online 11 用户设备200user equipment 200
用户设备200user equipment 200 在网online 11 用户设备300user equipment 300
用户设备500user equipment 500 在网online 11 用户设备300user equipment 300
表18中示出了用户设备400基于用户设备400的临时UE信息列表一、临时UE信息列表二和用户设备400的直接通信UE信息列表得到用户设备400的候选UE信息列表一。Table 18 shows that the user equipment 400 obtains the candidate UE information list 1 of the user equipment 400 based on the temporary UE information list 1 of the user equipment 400 , the temporary UE information list 2 and the direct communication UE information list of the user equipment 400 .
用户设备500可以将用户设备500的临时UE信息列表一和用户设备500的直接通信UE信息列表合并,得到用户设备500的候选UE信息列表一。The user equipment 500 may combine the temporary UE information list 1 of the user equipment 500 and the direct communication UE information list of the user equipment 500 to obtain the candidate UE information list 1 of the user equipment 500 .
表19Table 19
目标UE的设备标识Device identity of the target UE 目标UE的通信状态Communication status of the target UE 中转跳数transit hops 下一跳UEIDnext hop UEID
用户设备300user equipment 300 在网online 00 用户设备300user equipment 300
用户设备200user equipment 200 在网online 11 用户设备300user equipment 300
用户设备400user equipment 400 在网online 11 用户设备300user equipment 300
表19中示出了用户设备500基于用户设备500的临时UE信息列表一和用户设备500的直接通信UE信息列表得到用户设备500的候选UE信息列表一。Table 19 shows that the user equipment 500 obtains the candidate UE information list 1 of the user equipment 500 based on the temporary UE information list 1 of the user equipment 500 and the direct communication UE information list of the user equipment 500 .
在UE得到候选UE信息列表之后,候选UE信息列表中可能记载了同一个UE的两个及两个以上的不同路径,那么UE可以从同一个目标UE的两个及两个以上不同的通信路径中筛选出最优的一个通信路径,生成一个目标UE信息列表。这样,可以使得UE维护的是到达每一个目标UE的最优路径。这里,最优路径是指通信路径中目标UE的通信状态为在网,且中转跳数最少。After the UE obtains the candidate UE information list, the candidate UE information list may record two or more different paths of the same UE, then the UE can communicate from two or more different communication paths of the same target UE. An optimal communication path is screened out, and a target UE information list is generated. In this way, what the UE maintains is the optimal path to each target UE. Here, the optimal path means that the communication state of the target UE in the communication path is on the network, and the number of transit hops is the least.
示例性的,用户设备100会基于用户设备100的候选UE信息列表一,筛选出同一个目标UE的最优通信路径,得到如表20所示的用户设备100的目标UE信息列表。Exemplarily, the user equipment 100 will filter out the optimal communication path of the same target UE based on the candidate UE information list 1 of the user equipment 100, and obtain the target UE information list of the user equipment 100 as shown in Table 20.
表20Table 20
目标UE的设备标识Device identity of the target UE 目标UE的通信状态Communication status of the target UE 中转跳数transit hops 下一跳UEIDnext hop UEID
用户设备200user equipment 200 在网online 00 用户设备200user equipment 200
用户设备300user equipment 300 在网online 11 用户设备200user equipment 200
用户设备400user equipment 400 在网online 11 用户设备200user equipment 200
用户设备200会基于用户设备200的候选UE信息列表一,筛选出同一个目标UE的最优通信路径,得到如表21所示的用户设备200的目标UE信息列表。Based on the candidate UE information list 1 of the user equipment 200, the user equipment 200 screens out the optimal communication path of the same target UE, and obtains the target UE information list of the user equipment 200 as shown in Table 21.
表21Table 21
目标UE的设备标识Device identity of the target UE 目标UE的通信状态Communication status of the target UE 中转跳数transit hops 下一跳UEIDnext hop UEID
用户设备100user equipment 100 在网online 00 用户设备100user equipment 100
用户设备300user equipment 300 在网online 00 用户设备300user equipment 300
用户设备400user equipment 400 在网online 00 用户设备400user equipment 400
用户设备500user equipment 500 在网online 11 用户设备300user equipment 300
用户设备300会基于用户设备300的候选UE信息列表一,筛选出同一个目标UE的最优通信路径,得到如表22所示的用户设备300的目标UE信息列表。Based on the candidate UE information list 1 of the user equipment 300, the user equipment 300 screens out the optimal communication path of the same target UE, and obtains the target UE information list of the user equipment 300 as shown in Table 22.
表22Table 22
目标UE的设备标识Device identity of the target UE 目标UE的通信状态Communication status of the target UE 中转跳数transit hops 下一跳UEIDnext hop UEID
用户设备200user equipment 200 在网online 00 用户设备200user equipment 200
用户设备400user equipment 400 在网online 00 用户设备400user equipment 400
用户设备500user equipment 500 在网online 00 用户设备500user equipment 500
用户设备100user equipment 100 在网online 11 用户设备200user equipment 200
用户设备400会基于用户设备400的候选UE信息列表一,筛选出同一个目标UE的最优通信路径,得到如表23所示的用户设备400的目标UE信息列表。Based on the candidate UE information list 1 of the user equipment 400, the user equipment 400 screens out the optimal communication path of the same target UE, and obtains the target UE information list of the user equipment 400 as shown in Table 23.
表23Table 23
目标UE的设备标识Device identity of the target UE 目标UE的通信状态Communication status of the target UE 中转跳数transit hops 下一跳UEIDnext hop UEID
用户设备200user equipment 200 在网online 00 用户设备200user equipment 200
用户设备300user equipment 300 在网online 00 用户设备300user equipment 300
用户设备100user equipment 100 在网online 11 用户设备200user equipment 200
用户设备500user equipment 500 在网online 11 用户设备300user equipment 300
用户设备500会基于用户设备500的候选UE信息列表一,筛选出同一个目标UE的最优通信路径,得到如表24所示的用户设备500的目标UE信息列表。Based on the candidate UE information list 1 of the user equipment 500, the user equipment 500 screens out the optimal communication path of the same target UE, and obtains the target UE information list of the user equipment 500 as shown in Table 24.
表24Table 24
目标UE的设备标识Device identity of the target UE 目标UE的通信状态Communication status of the target UE 中转跳数transit hops 下一跳UEIDnext hop UEID
用户设备300user equipment 300 在网online 00 用户设备300user equipment 300
用户设备200user equipment 200 在网online 11 用户设备300user equipment 300
用户设备400user equipment 400 在网online 11 用户设备300user equipment 300
在每个UE得到维护的目标UE信息列表后,Relay UE会周期性基于目标UE信息列表通过上述介绍的预设的规则一得到中转UE信息列表。这样,可以使得Relay UE基于实时维护的中转UE信息列表,将中转UE信息列表周期性发送至其他的UE,以便其他的UE更新本地维护的候选UE信息列表。或者,Relay UE可以基于实时维护的中转UE信息列表,监测到中转UE信息列表是否发生了变化,并在中转UE信息列表发生了变化后,将中转UE信息列表里发生变化的路径信息或者将完整的中转UE信息列表发送至其他的UE,以便其他的UE更新本地维护的候选UE信息列表。After each UE obtains the maintained target UE information list, the Relay UE will periodically obtain the relay UE information list based on the target UE information list through the preset rule 1 introduced above. In this way, the relay UE can periodically send the relay UE information list to other UEs based on the relay UE information list maintained in real time, so that other UEs can update the locally maintained candidate UE information list. Or, based on the relay UE information list maintained in real time, the Relay UE can monitor whether the relay UE information list has changed, and after the relay UE information list changes, it will relay the changed path information in the relay UE information list or complete The transfer UE information list is sent to other UEs, so that other UEs can update the locally maintained candidate UE information list.
这里,Relay UE基于目标UE信息列表通过上述介绍的预设的规则一得到中转UE信息列表,与Relay UE基于之前描述的基于直接通信UE信息列表得到中转UE信息列表的原理相同,只是这里是基于目标UE信息列表得到中转UE信息列表的,前述是基于直接通信UE信息列表得到中转UE信息列表的。本申请实施例对Relay UE如何基于目标UE信息列表通过上述介绍的预设的规则一得到中转UE信息列表的方法不再赘述。Here, the Relay UE obtains the relay UE information list based on the target UE information list through the preset rule 1 introduced above. The transfer UE information list is obtained from the target UE information list, and the transfer UE information list is obtained based on the direct communication UE information list. In this embodiment of the present application, the method of how the Relay UE obtains the relay UE information list based on the target UE information list through the above-mentioned preset rule 1 will not be described in detail.
示例性的,用户设备200会基于预设的规则一对目标信息列表进行处理,得到如表25所示的用户设备200的中转UE信息列表二。Exemplarily, the user equipment 200 processes the target information list based on a preset rule, and obtains the second transfer UE information list of the user equipment 200 as shown in Table 25.
表25Table 25
目标UE的设备标识Device identity of the target UE 目标UE的通信状态Communication status of the target UE 中转跳数transit hops 下一跳UEIDnext hop UEID
用户设备100user equipment 100 在网online 00 用户设备100user equipment 100
用户设备300user equipment 300 在网online 00 用户设备300user equipment 300
用户设备400user equipment 400 在网online 00 用户设备400user equipment 400
用户设备500user equipment 500 在网online 11 用户设备300user equipment 300
示例性的,用户设备300会基于预设的规则一对目标信息列表进行处理,得到如表26所示的用户设备300的中转UE信息列表二。Exemplarily, the user equipment 300 processes the target information list based on a preset rule, and obtains the second transfer UE information list of the user equipment 300 as shown in Table 26.
表26Table 26
目标UE的设备标识Device identity of the target UE 目标UE的通信状态Communication status of the target UE 中转跳数transit hops 下一跳UEIDnext hop UEID
用户设备200user equipment 200 在网online 00 用户设备200user equipment 200
用户设备400user equipment 400 在网online 00 用户设备400user equipment 400
用户设备500user equipment 500 在网online 00 用户设备500user equipment 500
用户设备100user equipment 100 在网online 11 用户设备200user equipment 200
示例性的,用户设备400会基于预设的规则一对目标信息列表进行处理,得到如表27所示的用户设备400的中转UE信息列表二。Exemplarily, the user equipment 400 processes the target information list based on a preset rule, and obtains the second transfer UE information list of the user equipment 400 as shown in Table 27.
表27Table 27
目标UE的设备标识Device identity of the target UE 目标UE的通信状态Communication status of the target UE 中转跳数transit hops 下一跳UEIDnext hop UEID
用户设备200user equipment 200 在网online 00 用户设备200user equipment 200
用户设备300user equipment 300 在网online 00 用户设备300user equipment 300
用户设备100user equipment 100 在网online 11 用户设备200user equipment 200
用户设备500user equipment 500 在网online 11 用户设备300user equipment 300
在Relay UE基于目标UE信息列表得到中转UE信息列表后,Relay UE将更新后的中转UE信息列表和Relay UE的设备标识通过广播的方式发送至其他的UE,其他的UE在接收到Relay UE发送的更新后的中转UE信息列表后,其他的UE将本地维护的候选UE信息列表和接收到的更新后的中转UE信息列表合并,得到更新后的候选UE信息列表。After the Relay UE obtains the relay UE information list based on the target UE information list, the Relay UE broadcasts the updated relay UE information list and the device identifier of the Relay UE to other UEs, and other UEs receive the information sent by the Relay UE. After the updated transfer UE information list, other UEs combine the locally maintained candidate UE information list with the received updated transfer UE information list to obtain an updated candidate UE information list.
UE在将本地维护的候选UE信息列表和接收到的更新后的中转UE信息列表合并之前,需要对接收到的更新后的中转UE信息列表进行处理,得到更新后的临时UE信息列表。具体的,UE可以基于上述实施例介绍的预设的规则二对接收到的更新后的中转UE信息列表进行处理,得到更新后的临时UE信息列表。本申请实施例不再赘述。Before combining the locally maintained candidate UE information list with the received updated transit UE information list, the UE needs to process the received updated transit UE information list to obtain an updated temporary UE information list. Specifically, the UE may process the received updated transit UE information list based on the preset rule 2 introduced in the above embodiment, to obtain an updated temporary UE information list. The embodiments of this application will not be described in detail.
具体的,用户设备100可以接收用户设备200发送的中转UE信息列表二,并基于上述预设的规则二对用户设备200的中转UE信息列表二进行处理,得到如表28所示的用户设备100的临时UE信息列表二。Specifically, the user equipment 100 may receive the transfer UE information list 2 sent by the user equipment 200, and process the transfer UE information list 2 of the user equipment 200 based on the above preset rule 2, and obtain the user equipment 100 as shown in Table 28 Temporary UE information list 2.
表28Table 28
目标UE的设备标识Device identity of the target UE 目标UE的通信状态Communication status of the target UE 中转跳数transit hops 下一跳UEIDnext hop UEID
用户设备300user equipment 300 在网online 11 用户设备200user equipment 200
用户设备400user equipment 400 在网online 11 用户设备200user equipment 200
用户设备500user equipment 500 在网online 22 用户设备200user equipment 200
用户设备200可以接收用户设备300发送的中转UE信息列表二,并基于上述预设的规则二对用户设备300的中转UE信息列表二进行处理,得到如表29所示的用户设备200的临 时UE信息列表三。The user equipment 200 may receive the transfer UE information list 2 sent by the user equipment 300, and process the transfer UE information list 2 of the user equipment 300 based on the above preset rule 2 to obtain the temporary UE information of the user equipment 200 as shown in Table 29. Information list three.
表29Table 29
目标UE的设备标识Device identity of the target UE 目标UE的通信状态Communication status of the target UE 中转跳数transit hops 下一跳UEIDnext hop UEID
用户设备400user equipment 400 在网online 11 用户设备300user equipment 300
用户设备500user equipment 500 在网online 11 用户设备300user equipment 300
用户设备200可以接收用户设备400发送的中转UE信息列表二,并基于上述预设的规则二对用户设备400的中转UE信息列表二进行处理,得到如表30所示的用户设备200的临时UE信息列表四。The user equipment 200 may receive the transfer UE information list 2 sent by the user equipment 400, and process the transfer UE information list 2 of the user equipment 400 based on the above preset rule 2 to obtain the temporary UE information of the user equipment 200 as shown in Table 30. Information list four.
表30Table 30
目标UE的设备标识Device identity of the target UE 目标UE的通信状态Communication status of the target UE 中转跳数transit hops 下一跳UEIDnext hop UEID
用户设备300user equipment 300 在网online 11 用户设备400user equipment 400
用户设备500user equipment 500 在网online 22 用户设备400user equipment 400
用户设备300可以接收用户设备200发送的中转UE信息列表二,并基于上述预设的规则二对用户设备200的中转UE信息列表二进行处理,得到如表31所示的用户设备300的临时UE信息列表三。The user equipment 300 may receive the transfer UE information list 2 sent by the user equipment 200, and process the transfer UE information list 2 of the user equipment 200 based on the above preset rule 2, and obtain the temporary UE information of the user equipment 300 as shown in Table 31. Information list three.
表31Table 31
目标UE的设备标识Device identity of the target UE 目标UE的通信状态Communication status of the target UE 中转跳数transit hops 下一跳UEIDnext hop UEID
用户设备100user equipment 100 在网online 11 用户设备200user equipment 200
用户设备400user equipment 400 在网online 11 用户设备200user equipment 200
用户设备300可以接收用户设备400发送的中转UE信息列表二,并基于上述预设的规则二对用户设备400的中转UE信息列表二进行处理,得到如表32所示的用户设备300的临时UE信息列表四。The user equipment 300 may receive the transfer UE information list 2 sent by the user equipment 400, and process the transfer UE information list 2 of the user equipment 400 based on the above preset rule 2 to obtain the temporary UE information of the user equipment 300 as shown in Table 32. Information list four.
表32Table 32
目标UE的设备标识Device identity of the target UE 目标UE的通信状态Communication status of the target UE 中转跳数transit hops 下一跳UEIDnext hop UEID
用户设备200user equipment 200 在网online 11 用户设备400user equipment 400
用户设备100user equipment 100 在网online 22 用户设备400user equipment 400
用户设备400可以接收用户设备200发送的中转UE信息列表二,并基于上述预设的规则二对用户设备200的中转UE信息列表二进行处理,得到如表33所示的用户设备400的临时UE信息列表三。The user equipment 400 may receive the transfer UE information list 2 sent by the user equipment 200, and process the transfer UE information list 2 of the user equipment 200 based on the above preset rule 2 to obtain the temporary UE information of the user equipment 400 as shown in Table 33. Information list three.
表33Table 33
目标UE的设备标识Device identity of the target UE 目标UE的通信状态Communication status of the target UE 中转跳数transit hops 下一跳UEIDnext hop UEID
用户设备100user equipment 100 在网online 11 用户设备200user equipment 200
用户设备300user equipment 300 在网online 11 用户设备200user equipment 200
用户设备500user equipment 500 在网online 22 用户设备200user equipment 200
用户设备400可以接收用户设备300发送的中转UE信息列表二,并基于上述预设的规则二对用户设备300的中转UE信息列表二进行处理,得到如表34所示的用户设备400的临时UE信息列表四。The user equipment 400 may receive the transfer UE information list 2 sent by the user equipment 300, and process the transfer UE information list 2 of the user equipment 300 based on the above preset rule 2 to obtain the temporary UE information of the user equipment 400 as shown in Table 34. Information list four.
表34Table 34
目标UE的设备标识Device identity of the target UE 目标UE的通信状态Communication status of the target UE 中转跳数transit hops 下一跳UEIDnext hop UEID
用户设备200user equipment 200 在网online 11 用户设备300user equipment 300
用户设备500user equipment 500 在网online 11 用户设备300user equipment 300
用户设备100user equipment 100 在网online 22 用户设备300user equipment 300
用户设备500可以接收用户设备300发送的中转UE信息列表二,并基于上述预设的规则二对用户设备300的中转UE信息列表二进行处理,得到如表35所示的用户设备500的临时UE信息列表二。The user equipment 500 may receive the transfer UE information list 2 sent by the user equipment 300, and process the transfer UE information list 2 of the user equipment 300 based on the above preset rule 2, and obtain the temporary UE information of the user equipment 500 as shown in Table 35. Information list two.
表35Table 35
目标UE的设备标识Device identity of the target UE 目标UE的通信状态Communication status of the target UE 中转跳数transit hops 下一跳UEIDnext hop UEID
用户设备200user equipment 200 在网online 11 用户设备300user equipment 300
用户设备400user equipment 400 在网online 11 用户设备300user equipment 300
用户设备100user equipment 100 在网online 22 用户设备300user equipment 300
其他的UE在得到更新后的临时UE信息列表后,将更新后的临时UE信息列表与本地维护的候选UE信息列表合并,得到更新后的候选UE信息列表。After obtaining the updated temporary UE information list, other UEs combine the updated temporary UE information list with the locally maintained candidate UE information list to obtain an updated candidate UE information list.
UE可以基于预设的规则三将更新后的临时UE信息列表和本地维护的候选UE信息列表合并,得到更新后的候选UE信息列表。具体的可以参考上述预设的规则三中的相关描述,本申请实施例在此不再赘述。The UE may combine the updated temporary UE information list with the locally maintained candidate UE information list based on preset rule 3 to obtain an updated candidate UE information list. For details, reference may be made to relevant descriptions in the aforementioned preset rule 3, which will not be repeated in this embodiment of the present application.
这里,UE基于更新后的临时UE信息列和本地维护的候选UE信息列表通过上述介绍的预设的规则三合并得到更新后的候选UE信息列表,与UE基于临时UE信息列表与本地维护的直接通信UE信息列表合并,得到候选UE信息列表的原理相同,只是这里是基于更新后的临时UE信息列和本地维护的候选UE信息列表合并得到更新后的候选UE信息列表的,前述是基于临时UE信息列表与本地维护的直接通信UE信息列表合并,得到候选UE信息列表的。本申请实施例对UE如何基于更新后的临时UE信息列和本地维护的候选UE信息列表通过上述介绍的预设的规则三合并得到更新后的候选UE信息列表的方法不再赘述。Here, based on the updated temporary UE information list and the locally maintained candidate UE information list, the UE obtains the updated candidate UE information list based on the preset rule three introduced above, which is directly combined with the UE based on the temporary UE information list and the locally maintained list. The principle of merging the communication UE information list to obtain the candidate UE information list is the same, but here is based on the combination of the updated temporary UE information list and the locally maintained candidate UE information list to obtain the updated candidate UE information list. The foregoing is based on the temporary UE information list. The information list is combined with the locally maintained direct communication UE information list to obtain a candidate UE information list. In this embodiment of the present application, how the UE obtains the updated candidate UE information list based on the combination of the updated temporary UE information list and the locally maintained candidate UE information list through the above-mentioned preset rule three will not be described in detail.
用户设备100基于上述预设的规则三将用户设备100的临时UE信息列表二和用户设备100的候选UE信息列表一合并,得到如表36所示的用户设备100的候选UE信息列表二。The user equipment 100 combines the temporary UE information list 2 of the user equipment 100 and the candidate UE information list 1 of the user equipment 100 based on the above preset rule 3 to obtain the second candidate UE information list of the user equipment 100 as shown in Table 36.
表36Table 36
目标UE的设备标识Device identity of the target UE 目标UE的通信状态Communication status of the target UE 中转跳数transit hops 下一跳UEIDnext hop UEID
用户设备200user equipment 200 在网online 00 用户设备200user equipment 200
用户设备300user equipment 300 在网online 11 用户设备200user equipment 200
用户设备400user equipment 400 在网online 11 用户设备200user equipment 200
用户设备500user equipment 500 在网online 22 用户设备200user equipment 200
用户设备200基于上述预设的规则三将用户设备200的临时UE信息列表三、临时UE信息列表四和用户设备200的候选UE信息列表一合并,得到如表37所示的用户设备200的候选UE信息列表二。The user equipment 200 combines the temporary UE information list 3 and the temporary UE information list 4 of the user equipment 200 with the candidate UE information list 1 of the user equipment 200 based on the above preset rule 3, and obtains the candidate UE 200 as shown in Table 37 UE information list two.
表37Table 37
目标UE的设备标识Device identity of the target UE 目标UE的通信状态Communication status of the target UE 中转跳数transit hops 下一跳UEIDnext hop UEID
用户设备100user equipment 100 在网online 00 用户设备100user equipment 100
用户设备300user equipment 300 在网online 00 用户设备300user equipment 300
用户设备400user equipment 400 在网online 00 用户设备400user equipment 400
用户设备400user equipment 400 在网online 11 用户设备300user equipment 300
用户设备500user equipment 500 在网online 11 用户设备300user equipment 300
用户设备300user equipment 300 在网online 11 用户设备400user equipment 400
用户设备500user equipment 500 在网online 22 用户设备400user equipment 400
用户设备300基于上述预设的规则三将用户设备300的临时UE信息列表三、临时UE信息列表四和用户设备300的候选UE信息列表一合并,得到如表38所示的用户设备300的候选UE信息列表二。The user equipment 300 combines the temporary UE information list 3 and the temporary UE information list 4 of the user equipment 300 with the candidate UE information list 1 of the user equipment 300 based on the above preset rule 3 to obtain the candidate UE 300 as shown in Table 38 UE information list two.
表38Table 38
目标UE的设备标识Device identity of the target UE 目标UE的通信状态Communication status of the target UE 中转跳数transit hops 下一跳UEIDnext hop UEID
用户设备200user equipment 200 在网online 00 用户设备200user equipment 200
用户设备400user equipment 400 在网online 00 用户设备400user equipment 400
用户设备500user equipment 500 在网online 00 用户设备500user equipment 500
用户设备100user equipment 100 在网online 11 用户设备200user equipment 200
用户设备400user equipment 400 在网online 11 用户设备200user equipment 200
用户设备200user equipment 200 在网online 11 用户设备400user equipment 400
用户设备100user equipment 100 在网online 22 用户设备400user equipment 400
用户设备400基于上述预设的规则三将用户设备400的临时UE信息列表三、临时UE信息列表四和用户设备400的候选UE信息列表一合并,得到如表39所示的用户设备400的候选UE信息列表二。The user equipment 400 combines the temporary UE information list 3 and the temporary UE information list 4 of the user equipment 400 with the candidate UE information list 1 of the user equipment 400 based on the above preset rule 3, and obtains the candidate UE 400 as shown in Table 39 UE information list two.
表39Table 39
目标UE的设备标识Device identity of the target UE 目标UE的通信状态Communication status of the target UE 中转跳数transit hops 下一跳UEIDnext hop UEID
用户设备200user equipment 200 在网online 00 用户设备200user equipment 200
用户设备300user equipment 300 在网online 00 用户设备300user equipment 300
用户设备100user equipment 100 在网online 11 用户设备200user equipment 200
用户设备300user equipment 300 在网online 11 用户设备200user equipment 200
用户设备200user equipment 200 在网online 11 用户设备300user equipment 300
用户设备500user equipment 500 在网online 11 用户设备300user equipment 300
用户设备500user equipment 500 在网online 22 用户设备200user equipment 200
用户设备100user equipment 100 在网online 22 用户设备400user equipment 400
用户设备500基于上述预设的规则三将用户设备500的临时UE信息列表二和用户设备500的候选UE信息列表一合并,得到如表40所示的用户设备500的候选UE信息列表二。The user equipment 500 combines the temporary UE information list 2 of the user equipment 500 and the candidate UE information list 1 of the user equipment 500 based on the above preset rule 3 to obtain the second candidate UE information list of the user equipment 500 as shown in Table 40.
表40Table 40
目标UE的设备标识Device identity of the target UE 目标UE的通信状态Communication status of the target UE 中转跳数transit hops 下一跳UEIDnext hop UEID
用户设备300user equipment 300 在网online 00 用户设备300user equipment 300
用户设备200user equipment 200 在网online 11 用户设备300user equipment 300
用户设备400user equipment 400 在网online 11 用户设备300user equipment 300
用户设备100user equipment 100 在网online 22 用户设备300user equipment 300
在UE得到更新后的候选UE信息列表后,之前可以接收到另一个UE的心跳信息,在某一时刻之后,无法接收到另一个UE的心跳信息,那么该UE可以把更新后的候选UE信息列表中,以另一个UE为目标UE,且中转跳数为0的通信路径中的通信状态由在网修改为离网。或则,之前可以接收到另一个UE的心跳信息,在某一时刻之后,无法接收到另一个UE的心跳信息,那么该UE可以把更新后的候选UE信息列表中,将下一跳UEID为另一个UE的设备标识且中转跳数大于0的通信路径中的通信状态也由在网修改外离网。然后在调整候选UE信息列表中的通信路径的排列顺利,将在网的通信路径的路径信息排在离网的通信路径的路径信息的前面。After the UE obtains the updated candidate UE information list, it can receive the heartbeat information of another UE before, but after a certain moment, it cannot receive the heartbeat information of another UE, then the UE can use the updated candidate UE information In the list, another UE is used as the target UE, and the communication status of the communication path whose transit hop count is 0 is changed from on-net to off-net. Or, the heartbeat information of another UE can be received before, but after a certain time, the heartbeat information of another UE cannot be received, then the UE can add the next-hop UEID to the updated candidate UE information list as The communication state of another UE's device identification and the communication path whose transit hop count is greater than 0 is also modified by the on-network and off-network. Then, the arrangement of the communication paths in the candidate UE information list is adjusted smoothly, and the path information of the on-network communication paths is arranged before the path information of the off-network communication paths.
示例性的,在某一时刻用户设备200与用户设备300之间的距离超过了可以直接通信的距离,那么用户设备200接收不到用户设备300发送的心跳消息,用户数设备300也接收不到用户设备200发送的心跳消息。那么图2所示的通信拓扑结构就变成了如图3A所示的通信拓扑结构。图2和图3A中所示的双向箭头表示两个设备之间的距离在可以直接通信的距离之内,两两设备之间可以相互发送数据和接收数据。Exemplarily, at a certain moment, the distance between the user equipment 200 and the user equipment 300 exceeds the distance that can be directly communicated, then the user equipment 200 cannot receive the heartbeat message sent by the user equipment 300, and the user equipment 300 cannot receive the heartbeat message. A heartbeat message sent by the user equipment 200. Then the communication topology shown in FIG. 2 becomes the communication topology shown in FIG. 3A. The double-headed arrows shown in FIG. 2 and FIG. 3A indicate that the distance between two devices is within the direct communication distance, and the two devices can send and receive data to each other.
图3A所示的通信拓扑结构中,用户设备200与用户设备300之间无法直接通信,那么用户设备200接收不到用户设备300发送的心跳消息,用户数设备300也接收不到用户设备200发送的心跳消息。这样的话,用户设备200将对用户设备200的候选UE信息列表二进行更新,得到如表41所示的用户设备200的候选UE信息列表三。In the communication topology shown in FIG. 3A , direct communication between the user equipment 200 and the user equipment 300 is impossible, so the user equipment 200 cannot receive the heartbeat message sent by the user equipment 300, and the user equipment 300 cannot receive the heartbeat message sent by the user equipment 200. heartbeat message. In this case, the user equipment 200 will update the second candidate UE information list of the user equipment 200 to obtain the third candidate UE information list of the user equipment 200 as shown in Table 41 .
表41Table 41
目标UE的设备标识Device identity of the target UE 目标UE的通信状态Communication status of the target UE 中转跳数transit hops 下一跳UEIDnext hop UEID
用户设备100user equipment 100 在网online 00 用户设备100user equipment 100
用户设备300user equipment 300 离网Off-grid 00 用户设备300user equipment 300
用户设备400user equipment 400 在网online 00 用户设备400user equipment 400
用户设备400user equipment 400 离网Off-grid 11 用户设备300user equipment 300
用户设备500user equipment 500 离网Off-grid 11 用户设备300user equipment 300
用户设备300user equipment 300 在网online 11 用户设备400user equipment 400
用户设备500user equipment 500 在网online 22 用户设备400user equipment 400
如表41所示,用户设备200将用户设备200的候选UE信息列表二中,目标UE为用户设备300,且中转跳数为0的目标UE的通信状态修改为离网。还需要将下一跳UEID为用户设备300,且中转跳数为大于0的通信路径的通信状态修改为离网,如表41所示。As shown in Table 41, the user equipment 200 changes the communication status of the target UE whose target UE is the user equipment 300 and whose transit hop count is 0 in the candidate UE information list 2 of the user equipment 200 to off-network. It is also necessary to change the communication state of the communication path whose next hop UEID is the user equipment 300 and whose transit hop count is greater than 0 to off-network, as shown in Table 41.
同理,用户设备300也需要对用户设备300的候选UE信息列表二进行更新,得到如表42所示的用户设备300的候选UE信息列表三。Similarly, the user equipment 300 also needs to update the second candidate UE information list of the user equipment 300 to obtain the third candidate UE information list of the user equipment 300 as shown in Table 42 .
表42Table 42
目标UE的设备标识Device identity of the target UE 目标UE的通信状态Communication status of the target UE 中转跳数transit hops 下一跳UEIDnext hop UEID
用户设备200user equipment 200 离网Off-grid 00 用户设备200user equipment 200
用户设备400user equipment 400 在网online 00 用户设备400user equipment 400
用户设备500user equipment 500 在网online 00 用户设备500user equipment 500
用户设备100user equipment 100 离网Off-grid 11 用户设备200user equipment 200
用户设备400user equipment 400 离网Off-grid 11 用户设备200user equipment 200
用户设备200user equipment 200 在网online 11 用户设备400user equipment 400
用户设备100user equipment 100 在网online 22 用户设备400user equipment 400
如表42所示,用户设备300将用户设备300的候选UE信息列表二中,目标UE为用户设备200,且中转跳数为0的目标UE的通信状态修改为离网。还需要将下一跳UEID为用户设备200,且中转跳数为大于0的通信路径的通信状态修改为离网,如表42所示。As shown in Table 42, the user equipment 300 modifies the communication status of the target UE whose target UE is the user equipment 200 and whose transit hop count is 0 in the candidate UE information list 2 of the user equipment 300 to off-network. It is also necessary to change the communication state of the communication path whose next hop UEID is the user equipment 200 and whose transit hop count is greater than 0 to off-network, as shown in Table 42.
再者,由于用户设备200和用户设备300是Relay UE,因此用户设备200和用户设备300还需基于候选UE信息列表三得到目标UE信息列表后,基于预设的规则一筛选得到更新后的中转UE信息列表,然后在通过广播发送至其他的UE。这样,使得其他的UE可以实时根据中转UE信息列表更新到达其他目标UE的路径信息。具体的,如何基于候选UE信息列表三得到目标UE信息列表,在基于目标UE信息列表得到更新后的中转UE信息列表的,以及其他的UE如何根据中转UE信息列表更新候选UE信息列表的,可以参考前述实施例中的相关描述,本申请实施例在此不再赘述。Furthermore, since the user equipment 200 and the user equipment 300 are Relay UEs, the user equipment 200 and the user equipment 300 need to obtain the target UE information list based on the candidate UE information list 3, and obtain the updated relay relay based on the preset rule 1 screening. The UE information list is then broadcast to other UEs. In this way, other UEs can update the path information to other target UEs in real time according to the transfer UE information list. Specifically, how to obtain the target UE information list based on the candidate UE information list 3, obtain the updated transfer UE information list based on the target UE information list, and how other UEs update the candidate UE information list according to the transfer UE information list. Referring to relevant descriptions in the foregoing embodiments, the embodiments of the present application are not described again here.
这样,通过上述方式,D2D网络中的UE通过维护一个候选UE信息列表,来实时监测可通信的目标UE的通信状态和通信的路径信息。这样,每个UE可以基于本地维护的候选UE信息列表,与目标UE进行通信。In this way, through the above method, the UE in the D2D network monitors the communication status and communication path information of the target UE that can communicate in real time by maintaining a candidate UE information list. In this way, each UE can communicate with the target UE based on the locally maintained candidate UE information list.
接下来介绍在多个Relay UE的D2D网络中,两个UE之间是如何发送单播消息一的,单播消息一包括业务数据,第一源UEID,第一目标UEID,第一中转UEID,其中,第一源UEID用于指示业务数据发送方的设备标识,第一目标UEID用于指示业务数据接收方的设备标识,第一中转UEID用于指示第一UE至业务数据的接收方的通信路径中下一跳UEID。当前UE向目标UE发送单播消息一,那么当前UE可能是业务数据的发送者,也可能是业务数据的转发者。Next, in a D2D network of multiple Relay UEs, how to send unicast message 1 between two UEs, unicast message 1 includes business data, first source UEID, first target UEID, first relay UEID, Wherein, the first source UEID is used to indicate the device identity of the service data sender, the first target UEID is used to indicate the device identity of the service data receiver, and the first transit UEID is used to indicate the communication between the first UE and the service data receiver UEID of the next hop in the path. When the current UE sends a unicast message to the target UE, the current UE may be the sender of the service data or the forwarder of the service data.
两个UE之间可以基于以下步骤发送消息。Messages can be sent between two UEs based on the following steps.
步骤一:当前UE在本地维护的候选UE信息列表或者目标UE信息列表中查找到与目标UE相同的通信路径。Step 1: The current UE finds the same communication path as the target UE in the locally maintained candidate UE information list or target UE information list.
若当前UE在本地维护的候选UE信息列表或者目标UE信息列表中没有查找到与目标UE相同的通信路径,则说明当前UE无法与目标UE进行通信,则丢弃该单播信息一。If the current UE does not find the same communication path as the target UE in the locally maintained candidate UE information list or target UE information list, it means that the current UE cannot communicate with the target UE, and the unicast information is discarded.
若当前UE在本地维护的候选UE信息列表或者目标UE信息列表中找到查找到与目标UE相同的通信路径,但是通信路径中的目标UE的通信状态为离网,则缓存单播消息一,每隔一段时间,当前UE在本地维护的候选UE信息列表或者目标UE信息列表中查找与目标UE相同的通信路径,直至与目标UE相同的通信路径中的通信状态为在网。当前UE基于步骤二把单播消息一发送至目标UE。If the current UE finds the same communication path as the target UE in the locally maintained candidate UE information list or the target UE information list, but the communication status of the target UE in the communication path is off-network, cache the unicast message one, and After a period of time, the current UE searches for the same communication path as the target UE in the locally maintained candidate UE information list or target UE information list until the communication status in the same communication path as the target UE is online. The current UE sends the unicast message 1 to the target UE based on step 2.
需要说明的是,当前UE缓存的单播消息的数量不得大于预设数量。若当前UE缓存单播消息一后,当前UE缓存的单播消息的数量大于预设数量,则当前UE丢弃最早缓存的单 播消息。It should be noted that the current number of unicast messages buffered by the UE shall not be greater than the preset number. If the number of unicast messages cached by the current UE is greater than the preset number after the current UE caches the unicast message, the current UE discards the earliest cached unicast message.
当前UE缓存的同一个单播消息的时间不得大于预设时间。若当前UE缓存单播消息一的时间达到预设时间,但是,与目标UE相同的通信路径中的通信状态仍然为离网,则当前UE丢弃单播消息一。The time of the same unicast message buffered by the current UE shall not be longer than the preset time. If the current UE caches the unicast message 1 for a preset time, but the communication state in the same communication path as the target UE is still off-network, the current UE discards the unicast message 1.
步骤二:如果当前UE在当前UE在本地维护的候选UE信息列表或者目标UE信息列表中查找到与目标UE相同的通信路径,并判断中转跳数是否为0。Step 2: If the current UE finds the same communication path as the target UE in the candidate UE information list or target UE information list maintained locally by the current UE, judge whether the transit hop count is 0.
若中转跳数为0,则当前UE把单播消息一种的第一中转UEID确定为空或者目标UE的设备标识,当前UE把单播消息一发送至目标UE。If the transit hop count is 0, the current UE determines the first transit UEID of the unicast message 1 as null or the device identifier of the target UE, and the current UE sends the unicast message 1 to the target UE.
若中转跳数大于0,则把单播消息一中的第一中转UEID确定为通信路径中的下一跳UEID,当前UE把单播消息一发送至通信路径中的下一跳UEID。If the number of transit hops is greater than 0, the first transit UEID in the unicast message 1 is determined as the next-hop UEID in the communication path, and the current UE sends the unicast message 1 to the next-hop UEID in the communication path.
需要说明的是,当前UE可能从当前UE本地维护的候选UE信息列表中查找到到达目标UE的两条即两条以上的通信路径,那么在一些实施例中,当前UE可以将单播消息一分别通过到达目标UE的两条即两条以上的通信路径发送出去,这样,可以保证单播消息发送的可靠性。It should be noted that the current UE may find two or more than two communication paths to the target UE from the candidate UE information list maintained locally by the current UE, so in some embodiments, the current UE may send the unicast message to They are respectively sent through two or more than two communication paths reaching the target UE, so that the reliability of sending the unicast message can be guaranteed.
接下来介绍当前UE如何基于到达目标UE的通信路径发送单播消息一的。Next, it will be introduced how the current UE sends the unicast message 1 based on the communication path to the target UE.
若当前UE是业务数据的发送者,那么第一源UEID为当前UE的设备标识。在当前UE发送单播消息一之前,基于第一目标UEID,从当前UE维护的候选UE信息列表或目标UE信息列表中查找到第一UE至业务数据接收方之间的通信路径;若该通信路径中的中转跳数为0,则将单播消息一中的第一中转UEID确为空或者目标UEID;若该通信路径中的中转跳数大于0,则将单播消息一中的第一中转UEID确定为该通信路径中的下一跳UEID。If the current UE is the sender of the service data, then the first source UEID is the device identifier of the current UE. Before the current UE sends unicast message 1, based on the first target UEID, find the communication path between the first UE and the service data receiver from the candidate UE information list or target UE information list maintained by the current UE; if the communication If the number of transit hops in the path is 0, the first transit UEID in unicast message 1 is set to be empty or the target UEID; if the transit hop count in the communication path is greater than 0, the first transit UEID in unicast message 1 The transit UEID is determined as the next-hop UEID in the communication path.
若当前UE不是业务数据的发送者,而是业务数据的转发者,那么当前UE在发送单播消息一之前,需要接收其他UE发送的单播消息二。单播消息二包括业务数据,第二源UEID,第二目标UEID,第二中转UEID;其中,第二源UEID用于指示业务数据发送方的设备标识,第二目标UEID用于指示业务数据接收方的设备标识,第二中转UEID为当前UE的设备标识。之后,当前UE基于单播消息二生成单播消息一。具体的,当前UE基于单播消息二中的第二目标UEID,查找到单播消息二至业务数据接收方之间的通信路径;若该通信路径中的中转跳数为0,则将单播消息一中的第一中转UEID确定为空或者目标UEID;若该通信路径中的中转跳数大于0,则将单播消息一中的所述第一中转UEID确定为该通信路径中的下一跳UEID。If the current UE is not the sender of the service data but the forwarder of the service data, then the current UE needs to receive the unicast message 2 sent by other UEs before sending the unicast message 1. Unicast message 2 includes service data, a second source UEID, a second target UEID, and a second transit UEID; wherein, the second source UEID is used to indicate the device identity of the sender of the service data, and the second target UEID is used to indicate the service data receiving The device identifier of the party, and the second relay UEID is the device identifier of the current UE. Afterwards, the current UE generates unicast message 1 based on unicast message 2. Specifically, based on the second target UEID in the unicast message 2, the current UE finds the communication path between the unicast message 2 and the service data receiver; if the number of transit hops in the communication path is 0, the unicast The first transit UEID in message one is determined to be empty or the target UEID; if the transit hop count in the communication path is greater than 0, then determine the first transit UEID in unicast message one as the next UEID in the communication path Jump UEID.
本申请实施例以用户设备200给用户设备500发送单播消息一为例进行说明。那么单播消息一中的第一目标UEID为用户设备500的设备标识。This embodiment of the present application is described by taking the user equipment 200 sending a unicast message 1 to the user equipment 500 as an example. Then the first target UEID in the unicast message one is the device identifier of the user equipment 500 .
当用户设备200为单播消息一的转发者时,单播消息一中的第一目标UEID为用户设备500的设备标识。在用户设备200发送单播消息一之前,先接收到单播消息二。单播消息二包括业务数据,第二源UEID,第二目标UEID,第二中转UEID;第二源UEID用于指示业务数据发送方的设备标识,第二目标UEID为用户设备500的设备标识,第二中转UEID为用户设备200的设备标识。之后,用户设备200基于单播消息二生成单播消息一。具体的,用户设备200基于目标UE为用户设备500的设备标识,用户设备200从用户设备200的候选UE信息列表或者目标UE信息列表中查找到目标UE为用户设备500的通信路径,例如,表37中所示的第五条通信路径。表37中所示的第五条通信路径的中转跳数为1,则单播消息一中的第一中转UEID确定用户设备300的设备标识。之后,用户设备200将单播消息一 发送至表37中所示的第五条通信路径中的下一跳UEID,即用户设备300。When the user equipment 200 is the forwarder of the first unicast message, the first target UEID in the first unicast message is the device identifier of the user equipment 500 . Before the user equipment 200 sends the first unicast message, it first receives the second unicast message. The second unicast message includes service data, a second source UEID, a second target UEID, and a second transit UEID; the second source UEID is used to indicate the device identifier of the sender of the service data, and the second target UEID is the device identifier of the user equipment 500, The second transit UEID is the device identifier of the user equipment 200 . Afterwards, the user equipment 200 generates a unicast message 1 based on the unicast message 2 . Specifically, based on the target UE being the device identifier of the user equipment 500, the user equipment 200 finds the communication path where the target UE is the user equipment 500 from the candidate UE information list or the target UE information list of the user equipment 200, for example, the table The fifth communication path shown in 37. The transit hop count of the fifth communication path shown in Table 37 is 1, and the first transit UEID in the unicast message one determines the device identifier of the user equipment 300 . Afterwards, the user equipment 200 sends the unicast message one to the next-hop UEID in the fifth communication path shown in Table 37, that is, the user equipment 300.
当用户设备200为单播消息一的发送者时,单播消息一中的第一源UEID为用户设备200的设备标识,第一目标UEID为用户设备500的设备标识。在用户设备200发送单播消息一之前,用户设备200从用户设备200的候选UE信息列表二中查找到目标UE为用户设备500的通信路径,例如,表37中所示的第五条通信路径。表37中所示的第五条通信路径的中转跳数为1,则单播消息一中的第一中转UEID确定用户设备300的设备标识。之后,用户设备200将单播消息一发送至表37中所示的第五条通信路径中的下一跳UEID,即用户设备300。When the user equipment 200 is the sender of the first unicast message, the first source UEID in the first unicast message is the device identifier of the user equipment 200 , and the first target UEID is the device identifier of the user equipment 500 . Before the user equipment 200 sends the unicast message 1, the user equipment 200 finds the communication path whose target UE is the user equipment 500 from the candidate UE information list 2 of the user equipment 200, for example, the fifth communication path shown in Table 37 . The transit hop count of the fifth communication path shown in Table 37 is 1, and the first transit UEID in the unicast message one determines the device identifier of the user equipment 300 . Afterwards, the user equipment 200 sends the unicast message one to the next-hop UEID in the fifth communication path shown in Table 37, that is, the user equipment 300 .
可选的,当前UE可以将业务数据通过广播的形式发送出去。那么广播消息中除了业务数据,还包含源UEID和目标UEID,源UEID为当前UE的设备标识,目的UEID为广播标识,之后当前UE直接将包含业务数据的广播消息以广播的形式发送出去。Optionally, the current UE may send the service data in a broadcast form. In addition to service data, the broadcast message also includes source UEID and target UEID. The source UEID is the device identifier of the current UE, and the destination UEID is the broadcast identifier. After that, the current UE directly sends the broadcast message containing the service data in the form of broadcast.
可选的,当前UE可以将业务数据通过组播的形式发送出去,那么组播消息中除了业务数据,还包含源UEID和目标UEID,源UEID为当前UE的设备标识,目的UEID为组播标识,之后当前UE直接将包含业务数据的组播消息以组播的形式发送出去。如果该目标UEID中还包含在当前UE的目标UE信息列表或者候选UE信息列表中对应的跳数大于0的目标UE,则当前UE可以根据需要把该组播消息转换成单播消息的格式,按照单播消息的发送方式把包含该业务数据的消息发送给那些跳数大于0的目标UE。Optionally, the current UE can send service data in the form of multicast, then in addition to the service data, the multicast message also includes source UEID and target UEID, the source UEID is the device identifier of the current UE, and the destination UEID is the multicast identifier , and then the current UE directly sends out the multicast message including the service data in the form of multicast. If the target UEID also includes a target UE whose corresponding hop count is greater than 0 in the target UE information list or candidate UE information list of the current UE, the current UE can convert the multicast message into a unicast message format as needed, Send the message containing the service data to those target UEs whose hop count is greater than 0 according to the sending mode of the unicast message.
基于实施例一,如图3B所示,本申请实施例又提供了再一种通信拓扑结构的示意图。Based on the first embodiment, as shown in FIG. 3B , this embodiment of the present application provides another schematic diagram of a communication topology.
如图3B所示,图3B与图2的区别在于,图3B中的用户设备300还可以和基站600进行通信,用户设备100、用户设备200、用户设备400和用户设备500无法和基站进行通信,也即处于没有蜂窝信号或则蜂窝信号比较差的区域。这样,图3B中所示的其他不能和基站进行通信的用户设备,可以基于用户设备300和基站600进行通信。As shown in FIG. 3B, the difference between FIG. 3B and FIG. 2 is that the user equipment 300 in FIG. 3B can also communicate with the base station 600, and the user equipment 100, the user equipment 200, the user equipment 400, and the user equipment 500 cannot communicate with the base station. , that is, in an area where there is no cellular signal or the cellular signal is relatively poor. In this way, other user equipments shown in FIG. 3B that cannot communicate with the base station can communicate with the base station 600 based on the user equipment 300 .
具体的,若图3B中的用户设备300可以和基站600进行通信,那么用户设备300维护的中转UE信息列表中需要新增一个参数信息,即联网标识,且图3B中的用户设备维护的候选UE信息列表中也需要新增一个参数信息,即联网标识。该联网标识用户指示目标UE和基站建立了连接。候选UE信息列表可以表示为(目标UE的设备标识、目标UE的在网状态、中转跳数、下一跳UEID、目标UE的联网标识)。其中,目标UE的通信状态包括在网状态或者离网状态。在网状态用于指示目标UE为开机状态,进一步的处于开机状态的目标UE可以与其他UE直接进行通信或者通过Relay UE转发数据与其他UE间接进行通信。离网状态为关机状态,进一步的处于关机状态的目标UE不可以与其他UE直接进行通信或者也不可以通过Relay UE转发数据与其他UE间接进行通信。Specifically, if the user equipment 300 in FIG. 3B can communicate with the base station 600, then a new parameter information needs to be added to the transit UE information list maintained by the user equipment 300, that is, the network identification, and the candidate information maintained by the user equipment in FIG. 3B It is also necessary to add a new parameter information in the UE information list, that is, the network identification. The networking identification user indicates that the target UE has established a connection with the base station. The candidate UE information list may be expressed as (device identifier of the target UE, network status of the target UE, number of transit hops, next-hop UEID, networking identifier of the target UE). Wherein, the communication state of the target UE includes an on-net state or an off-net state. The online state is used to indicate that the target UE is in the power-on state, and further, the target UE in the power-on state can directly communicate with other UEs or indirectly communicate with other UEs by forwarding data through the Relay UE. The off-grid state is a power-off state, and further target UEs in the power-off state cannot directly communicate with other UEs or indirectly communicate with other UEs through relay UE forwarding data.
目标UE的联网标识表示目标UE是否连接至基站。若目标UE连接至基站了,那么目标UE的联网标识为可以表示为1,若目标UE无法连接至基站了,那么目标UE的联网标识为可以表示为0。The networking identifier of the target UE indicates whether the target UE is connected to the base station. If the target UE is connected to the base station, then the networking identifier of the target UE may be represented as 1, and if the target UE cannot be connected to the base station, then the networking identifier of the target UE may be represented as 0.
那么用户设备200维护的候选UE信息列表二可以表示为如下表43所示的候选UE信息列表。Then the second candidate UE information list maintained by the user equipment 200 may be expressed as a candidate UE information list as shown in Table 43 below.
表43Table 43
Figure PCTCN2021127783-appb-000001
Figure PCTCN2021127783-appb-000001
如表43所示,由于用户设备300与基站600建立了通信连接,即用户设备300可以使用蜂窝网络与其它不在通信范围内的UE进行通信。那么在表43中,将目标UE为用户设备300的通信路径中的联网状态仅标识为“1”,联网状态为“1”表示用户设备300与基站600建立了通信连接。As shown in Table 43, since the user equipment 300 has established a communication connection with the base station 600, that is, the user equipment 300 can use the cellular network to communicate with other UEs that are not within the communication range. Then in Table 43, the networked state in the communication path where the target UE is the user equipment 300 is only identified as “1”, and the networked state as “1” means that the user equipment 300 has established a communication connection with the base station 600 .
当用户设备200通过用户设备300和基站600所在的蜂窝网络内的其他UE(例如用户设备700)进行通信时,用户设备700在图3B中未示出,用户设备700无法和图3B所示的网络拓扑结构中的任何一个UE直接通信,但是用户设备700可以通过基站600和用户设备300进行通信。When the user equipment 200 communicates with other UEs (such as user equipment 700) in the cellular network where the base station 600 is located through the user equipment 300, the user equipment 700 is not shown in FIG. 3B, and the user equipment 700 cannot communicate with the UE shown in FIG. 3B Any UE in the network topology communicates directly, but the user equipment 700 can communicate with the user equipment 300 through the base station 600 .
假设用户设备200要给用户设备700发送单播消息一时,单播消息一中除了包括业务数据,源UEID,目标UEID和中转UEID,还包括用户设备700在蜂窝网络中的地址。这样,用户设备200可以通过用户设备300和用户设备700进行通信。具体的,用户设备200如何发送单播消息一的,可以参考前述实施例中的描述,本申请实施例在此不再赘述。Assuming that user equipment 200 wants to send unicast message 1 to user equipment 700, unicast message 1 not only includes service data, source UEID, target UEID and transit UEID, but also includes the address of user equipment 700 in the cellular network. In this way, the user equipment 200 can communicate with the user equipment 700 through the user equipment 300 . Specifically, how the user equipment 200 sends the unicast message 1 can refer to the description in the foregoing embodiments, and details are not repeated in this embodiment of the present application.
可选的,用户设备300除了在用户300维护的中转UE信息列表中加入一个新的参数信息,即联网标识。用户设备300可以不在维护的中转UE信息列表中加入联网标识,而是在中转UE信息列表中加入一条新的路径信息,该路径信息用于指示用户设备300与基站600之间的通信路径。用户设备300至基站600之间的参数信息包括目标设备的设备标识、目标设备的通信状态、中转跳数和下一跳UEID。那么用户设备300至基站600之间参数信息具体为目标设备的设备标识为基站600的蜂窝标识、通信状态为在网、中转跳数和下一跳UEID均为空。蜂窝标识可以由用户设备300的设备标识级联一个固定ID构成,例如用户设备300+固定ID。固定ID用于标识基站600的公共网络,例如0x0000。Optionally, the user equipment 300 adds a new parameter information in the transit UE information list maintained by the user 300, that is, the network identification. The user equipment 300 may not add a networking identifier to the maintained relay UE information list, but may add a new piece of path information in the relay UE information list, and the path information is used to indicate the communication path between the user equipment 300 and the base station 600 . The parameter information between the user equipment 300 and the base station 600 includes the device identifier of the target device, the communication status of the target device, the number of transit hops, and the UEID of the next hop. Then the parameter information between the user equipment 300 and the base station 600 is specifically that the device identifier of the target device is the cell identifier of the base station 600, the communication status is online, the number of transit hops and the UEID of the next hop are all empty. The cellular identity may be composed of the equipment identity of the user equipment 300 concatenated with a fixed ID, for example, the user equipment 300+fixed ID. The fixed ID is used to identify the public network of the base station 600, such as 0x0000.
那么用户设备300的中转UE信息列表可以表示如表44所示。Then the transfer UE information list of the user equipment 300 can be represented as shown in Table 44.
表44Table 44
Figure PCTCN2021127783-appb-000002
Figure PCTCN2021127783-appb-000002
其中,用户设备300+固定ID可以理解为基站600的标识。该中转UE信息列表中的最后一条表示用户设备300可以直接与基站600进行通信。Wherein, the user equipment 300+fixed ID can be understood as the identity of the base station 600 . The last item in the relay UE information list indicates that the user equipment 300 can directly communicate with the base station 600 .
用户设备300将中转UE信息列表广播给其他的UE,用户设备200接收到用户设备300的中转UE信息列表后,生成如表45所示的候选UE信息列表。The user equipment 300 broadcasts the relay UE information list to other UEs, and the user equipment 200 generates a candidate UE information list as shown in Table 45 after receiving the relay UE information list of the user equipment 300 .
表45Table 45
Figure PCTCN2021127783-appb-000003
Figure PCTCN2021127783-appb-000003
该中转UE信息列表中的最后一条表示用户设备200可以通过用户设备300与基站600进行通信。The last item in the relay UE information list indicates that the user equipment 200 can communicate with the base station 600 through the user equipment 300 .
当用户设备200通过用户设备300和基站600所在的蜂窝网络内的其他UE(例如用户设备700)进行通信时,用户设备700在图3B中未示出,用户设备700无法和图3B所示的网络拓扑结构中的任何一个UE直接通信,但是用户设备700可以通过基站600和用户设备300进行通信。When the user equipment 200 communicates with other UEs (such as user equipment 700) in the cellular network where the base station 600 is located through the user equipment 300, the user equipment 700 is not shown in FIG. 3B, and the user equipment 700 cannot communicate with the UE shown in FIG. 3B Any UE in the network topology communicates directly, but the user equipment 700 can communicate with the user equipment 300 through the base station 600 .
假设用户设备200要给用户设备700发送单播消息一时,单播消息一中包括业务数据,源UEID,目标UEID和中转UEID。这样,用户设备200可以通过用户设备300和用户设备700进行通信。用户设备200要发送单播消息一时,首先从用户设备200的目标UE信息列表或者候选UE列表中选择一个目标UE为蜂窝标识的通信路径中通信状态为“在网”,中转跳数最小的通信路径,然后将该蜂窝标识去掉固定的ID部分,剩下的内容作为一个目标UE ID,单播消息一中的目标UE ID填写为剩下的内容。然后按照上述方法发送单播消息一。具体的,用户设备200如何发送单播消息一的,可以参考前述实施例中的描述,本申请实施例在此不再赘述。Assuming that the user equipment 200 wants to send a unicast message 1 to the user equipment 700, the unicast message 1 includes service data, source UEID, target UEID and transit UEID. In this way, the user equipment 200 can communicate with the user equipment 700 through the user equipment 300 . When the user equipment 200 wants to send a unicast message, firstly, from the target UE information list or the candidate UE list of the user equipment 200, a target UE is selected as a communication path whose communication status is "on-network" and the number of transit hops is the smallest in the communication path with the cell identification. Then remove the fixed ID part of the cell identity, and use the remaining content as a target UE ID, and fill in the target UE ID in unicast message 1 as the remaining content. Then send unicast message 1 according to the above method. Specifically, how the user equipment 200 sends the unicast message 1 can refer to the description in the foregoing embodiments, and details are not repeated in this embodiment of the present application.
实施例二Embodiment two
实施例二涉及的场景是在D2D网络中只有一个Relay UE的场景。The scenario involved in the second embodiment is a scenario where there is only one Relay UE in the D2D network.
实施例一中,UE接收其他UE持续性发送的心跳信息生成一个直接通信UE信息列表。对于Relay UE来说,Relay UE会基于直接通信UE信息列表生成一个中转UE信息列表,RelayUE将中转UE信息列表和Relay UE的设备标识通过广播发送至其他的UE。其他的UE在接收到Relay UE的中转UE信息列表后,在本地维护直接通信UE信息列表和中转UE信息列表。而不需要将直接通信UE信息列表和中转UE信息列表合并。因为在只有一个Relay UE的D2D网络中,两个设备之间要么可以直接直接通信,要么通过Relay UE转发一次消息就可以通信。所以,若两个UE可以通信的话,当前UE要么可以从本地维护的直接通信的信息列表中查找到达目标UE的通信路径;若本地维护的直接通信UE信息列表中没有查找 到达目标UE的通信路径,那么前UE可以从Relay UE发送的中转UE信息列表中查找到达目标UE的通信路径。因此,UE可以不需要将直接通信UE信息列表和中转UE信息列表合并,减小UE的计算量。In Embodiment 1, the UE receives heartbeat information continuously sent by other UEs to generate a direct communication UE information list. For the Relay UE, the Relay UE will generate a relay UE information list based on the direct communication UE information list, and the Relay UE will broadcast the relay UE information list and the device identifier of the Relay UE to other UEs. After receiving the relay UE information list of the relay UE, other UEs maintain the direct communication UE information list and the relay UE information list locally. There is no need to combine the direct communication UE information list and the transfer UE information list. Because in a D2D network with only one Relay UE, two devices can either communicate directly, or communicate through the Relay UE to forward a message once. Therefore, if the two UEs can communicate, the current UE can either find the communication path to the target UE from the locally maintained direct communication information list; if the locally maintained direct communication UE information list does not find the communication path to the target UE , then the former UE can search the communication path to the target UE from the relay UE information list sent by the Relay UE. Therefore, the UE does not need to combine the direct communication UE information list and the relay UE information list, reducing the calculation amount of the UE.
如图4所示,图4示例性示出了另一种通信系统400的结构示意图,该通信系统400可以包括用户设备100、用户设备200、用户设备300、用户设备400和用户设备500。其中,用户设备100、用户设备200、用户设备400和用户设备500为非Relay UE,用户设备300为Relay UE。也就是说,用户设备100、用户设备200、用户设备400和用户设备500不可以转发数据,用户设备300可以转发数据。例如,在用户设备200可以与用户设备500通信的情况下,用户设备300可以接收用户设备200发送的数据,用户设备300将用户设备200发送的数据转发至用数额何必500。应理解,可以应用本申请实施例的方法的通信系统400中可以包括更多或者更少的用户设备。As shown in FIG. 4 , FIG. 4 exemplarily shows a schematic structural diagram of another communication system 400 . The communication system 400 may include user equipment 100 , user equipment 200 , user equipment 300 , user equipment 400 and user equipment 500 . Wherein, the user equipment 100, the user equipment 200, the user equipment 400 and the user equipment 500 are non-Relay UEs, and the user equipment 300 is a Relay UE. That is to say, the user equipment 100, the user equipment 200, the user equipment 400 and the user equipment 500 cannot forward data, but the user equipment 300 can forward data. For example, in the case that the user equipment 200 can communicate with the user equipment 500, the user equipment 300 can receive the data sent by the user equipment 200, and the user equipment 300 forwards the data sent by the user equipment 200 to the amount Hebi 500. It should be understood that the communication system 400 to which the method of the embodiment of the present application can be applied may include more or fewer user equipments.
下面基于图4提供的一种通信系统400的结构示意图,对D2D网络中仅存在一个Relay UE的场景中,每个UE如何维护直接UE信息列表或者中转UE信息列表进行说明。Based on the schematic structural diagram of a communication system 400 provided in FIG. 4 , how each UE maintains a direct UE information list or a relay UE information list in a scenario where there is only one Relay UE in a D2D network will be described below.
首先,每个UE持续性的发送心跳信息,心跳信息中携带了每个UE的设备标识。每个UE是以广播的形式发送的心跳信息,在通信距离内的UE,都可以互相接收到其他UE发送的心跳信息。每个UE接收其他UE发送的心跳消息生成一个直接通信UE信息列表。First, each UE continuously sends heartbeat information, and the heartbeat information carries the device identifier of each UE. Each UE sends heartbeat information in the form of broadcast, and UEs within a communication distance can receive heartbeat information sent by other UEs. Each UE receives heartbeat messages sent by other UEs to generate a direct communication UE information list.
直接通信UE信息列表包括目标UE的设备标识,目标UE的通信状态,中转跳数和下一跳用户设备的设备标识(user equipment identification,UEID),目标UE的通信状态为在网或离网,下一跳UEID用于指示当前UE至目标UE之间的通信路径中处于与当前UE相邻的用户设备的设备标识。例如,用户设备100接收用户设备200发送的心跳信息生成用户设备100的直接通信UE信息列表。用户设备200接收用户设备100和用户设备300发送的心跳信息生成用户设备200的直接通信UE信息列表。用户设备300接收用户设备200、用户设备400和用户设备500发送的心跳信息生成用户设备300的直接通信UE信息列表。用户设备400接收用户设备300发送的心跳信息生成用户设备400的直接通信UE信息列表。用户设备500接收用户设备300发送的心跳信息生成用户设备500的直接通信UE信息列表。The direct communication UE information list includes the equipment identification of the target UE, the communication status of the target UE, the number of transit hops and the equipment identification (user equipment identification, UEID) of the next-hop user equipment, the communication status of the target UE is on-net or off-net, The next-hop UEID is used to indicate the device identity of the user equipment adjacent to the current UE in the communication path between the current UE and the target UE. For example, the user equipment 100 receives the heartbeat information sent by the user equipment 200 to generate the direct communication UE information list of the user equipment 100 . The user equipment 200 receives the heartbeat information sent by the user equipment 100 and the user equipment 300 to generate a direct communication UE information list of the user equipment 200 . The user equipment 300 receives the heartbeat information sent by the user equipment 200 , the user equipment 400 and the user equipment 500 to generate a direct communication UE information list of the user equipment 300 . The user equipment 400 receives the heartbeat information sent by the user equipment 300 to generate a direct communication UE information list of the user equipment 400 . The user equipment 500 receives the heartbeat information sent by the user equipment 300 to generate a direct communication UE information list of the user equipment 500 .
由于直接通信UE信息列表中的中转跳数为0,且下一跳UEID与目标UE设备标识相同因此直接通信UE信息列表中也可以不记录中转跳数和下一跳UEID,节省UE维护的直接通信UE信息列表所占用的内存。那么直接通信UE信息列表可以只包括目标UE的设备标识和目标UE的通信状态。Since the transit hop number in the direct communication UE information list is 0, and the next-hop UEID is the same as the target UE device identifier, the transit hop count and the next-hop UEID may not be recorded in the direct communication UE information list, saving the direct maintenance of the UE. The memory occupied by the communication UE information list. Then the direct communication UE information list may only include the device identifier of the target UE and the communication status of the target UE.
表46Table 46
目标UE的设备标识Device identity of the target UE 目标UE的通信状态Communication status of the target UE
用户设备200user equipment 200 在网online
表46示例性示出了用户设备100的直接通信UE信息列表。表43可以表示为(用户设备200,在网)。Table 46 exemplarily shows the direct communication UE information list of the user equipment 100 . Table 43 may be expressed as (user equipment 200, on-net).
表47Table 47
目标UE的设备标识Device identity of the target UE 目标UE的通信状态Communication status of the target UE
用户设备100user equipment 100 在网online
用户设备300user equipment 300 在网online
表47示例性示出了用户设备200的直接通信UE信息列表。表44可以表示为(用户设 备100,在网),(用户设备300,在网)。Table 47 exemplarily shows the direct communication UE information list of the user equipment 200. Table 44 may be expressed as (user equipment 100, on-net), (user equipment 300, on-net).
表48Table 48
目标UE的设备标识Device identity of the target UE 目标UE的通信状态Communication status of the target UE
用户设备200user equipment 200 在网online
用户设备500user equipment 500 在网online
用户设备400user equipment 400 在网online
表48示例性示出了用户设备300的直接通信UE信息列表。表45可以表示为(用户设备200,在网),(用户设备500,在网),(用户设备400,在网)。Table 48 exemplarily shows the direct communication UE information list of the user equipment 300 . Table 45 may be expressed as (user equipment 200, online), (user equipment 500, online), (user equipment 400, online).
表49Table 49
目标UE的设备标识Device identity of the target UE 目标UE的通信状态Communication status of the target UE
用户设备300user equipment 300 在网online
表49示例性示出了用户设备400的直接通信UE信息列表。表46可以表示为(用户设备300,在网)。Table 49 exemplarily shows the direct communication UE information list of the user equipment 400 . Table 46 may be expressed as (user equipment 300, on-net).
表50Table 50
目标UE的设备标识Device identity of the target UE 目标UE的通信状态Communication status of the target UE
用户设备300user equipment 300 在网online
表50示例性示出了用户设备500的直接通信UE信息列表。表47可以表示为(用户设备300,在网)。Table 50 exemplarily shows a list of direct communication UE information of user equipment 500 . Table 47 may be expressed as (user equipment 300, on-net).
对于D2D网络中的Relay UE来说,Relay UE会基于得到的直接通信UE信息列表,基于预设的规则一筛选出愿意为哪些目标UE转发数据的目标UE,得到中转UE信息列表。For the Relay UE in the D2D network, based on the obtained direct communication UE information list, the Relay UE will filter out the target UEs willing to forward data for which target UEs based on the preset rule 1, and obtain the relay UE information list.
示例性的,用户设备300需基于得到的直接通信UE信息列表得到中转UE信息列表。用户设备300可以基于实施例中介绍的预设的规则一从用户设备300的直接通信UE信息列表中筛选得到用户设备300的中转UE信息列表。对于预设的规则一的介绍,可以参考实施例一中的相关描述,本申请实施例在此不再赘述。Exemplarily, the user equipment 300 needs to obtain the transfer UE information list based on the obtained direct communication UE information list. The user equipment 300 may obtain the transfer UE information list of the user equipment 300 by filtering from the direct communication UE information list of the user equipment 300 based on the preset rule introduced in the embodiment. For the introduction of the preset rule 1, reference may be made to the related description in the first embodiment, which will not be repeated here in the embodiment of the present application.
表51Table 51
目标UE的设备标识Device identity of the target UE 目标UE的通信状态Communication status of the target UE
用户设备200user equipment 200 在网online
用户设备500user equipment 500 在网online
用户设备400user equipment 400 在网online
表51示例性示出了用户设备300的中转UE信息列表。表48可以表示为(用户设备200,在网),(用户设备500,在网),(用户设备400,在网)。Table 51 exemplarily shows a list of relay UE information of user equipment 300 . Table 48 may be expressed as (user equipment 200, online), (user equipment 500, online), (user equipment 400, online).
其次,D2D网络中的Relay UE在得到中转UE信息列表后,Relay UE将本地得到的中转UE信息列表以及Relay UE的设备标识通过广播的方式发送至其他的UE(包括普通的UE和Relay UE)。与Relay UE在通信距离内的其他UE均会接收到Relay UE发送的中转UE信息列表以及Relay UE的设备标识。Secondly, after the Relay UE in the D2D network obtains the relay UE information list, the Relay UE broadcasts the locally obtained relay UE information list and the device identifier of the Relay UE to other UEs (including ordinary UEs and Relay UEs) . Other UEs within the communication distance with the Relay UE will receive the relay UE information list and the device identification of the Relay UE sent by the Relay UE.
可选的,Relay UE可以是周期性将本地得到的中转UE信息列表以及Relay UE的设备标识通过广播的方式发送至其他的UE。Optionally, the Relay UE may periodically broadcast the locally obtained relay UE information list and the device identifier of the Relay UE to other UEs.
可选的,Relay UE监测到本地的中转UE信息列表发生变化后,再将更新后得到的完整 的中转UE信息列表以及Relay UE的设备标识通过广播的方式发送至其他的UE。Optionally, after the Relay UE detects a change in the local relay UE information list, it sends the updated complete relay UE information list and the device identifier of the Relay UE to other UEs by broadcasting.
可选的,Relay UE监测到本地的中转UE信息列表发生变化后,仅将发生变化的目标UE的路径信息以及Relay UE的设备标识通过广播的方式发送至其他的UE。Optionally, after the Relay UE detects a change in the local relay UE information list, it only broadcasts the path information of the changed target UE and the device identifier of the Relay UE to other UEs.
可选的,Relay UE向其他UE发送的中转UE信息列表之前,可以将中转UE信息列表中的每一条通信路径中的下一跳UEID删除后,再将删除下一跳UEID后的中转UE信息列表发送至其他的UE。这样,其他的UE在接收到删除下一跳UEID后的中转UE信息列表后,将删除下一跳UEID后的中转UE信息列表中加上下一跳UEID为发送该中转UE信息列表的Relay UE的设备标识。这样,可以减少Relay UE发送中转UE信息列表的网络负载。Optionally, before the Relay UE sends the relay UE information list to other UEs, it can delete the next-hop UEID in each communication path in the relay UE information list, and then delete the relay UE information after deleting the next-hop UEID The list is sent to other UEs. In this way, after other UEs receive the relay UE information list after deleting the next-hop UEID, they will add the next-hop UEID to the relay UE information list after deleting the next-hop UEID as the relay UE that sent the relay UE information list Equipment Identity. In this way, the network load for the Relay UE to send the relay UE information list can be reduced.
可选的,Relay UE向其他UE发送的中转UE信息列表之前,先将中转UE信息列表中的中转跳数加1,之后再将中转跳数加1后的中转UE信息列表发送至其他UE。这样,其他的UE在接收到中转UE信息列表之后,可以不用再将中转UE信息列表中中中转跳数加1,可以减小其他UE的处理量。Optionally, before the Relay UE sends the relay UE information list to other UEs, it first adds 1 to the relay hop count in the relay UE information list, and then sends the relay UE information list after the relay hop count plus 1 to other UEs. In this way, after receiving the transfer UE information list, other UEs do not need to add 1 to the transfer hop count in the transfer UE information list, which can reduce the processing load of other UEs.
本申请以下实施例以Relay UE不做任何处理的中转UE信息列表发送至其他的UE为例进行说明。In the following embodiments of the present application, the Relay UE does not perform any processing and sends the relay UE information list to other UEs as an example for illustration.
示例性的,假设通信系统400中用户设备300得到的中转UE信息列表与用户设备300的直接通信UE信息列表一样,即没有对用户设备300的直接通信UE信息列表中的通信路径删减。之后,用户设备300将用户设备300的中转UE信息列表通过广播的方式发送至其他的UE。与用户设备300在通信范围内的其他UE均可以接收到用户设备300的中转UE信息列表。例如,用户设备200可以接收到用户设备300的中转UE信息列表,用户设备400可以接收到用户设备300的中转UE信息列表,用户设备500可以接收到用户设备300的中转UE信息列表。Exemplarily, it is assumed that the relay UE information list obtained by the user equipment 300 in the communication system 400 is the same as the direct communication UE information list of the user equipment 300 , that is, the communication path in the direct communication UE information list of the user equipment 300 is not deleted. Afterwards, the user equipment 300 broadcasts the transfer UE information list of the user equipment 300 to other UEs. All other UEs within the communication range with the user equipment 300 can receive the transfer UE information list of the user equipment 300 . For example, user equipment 200 may receive the relay UE information list of user equipment 300, user equipment 400 may receive the relay UE information list of user equipment 300, and user equipment 500 may receive the relay UE information list of user equipment 300.
其他的UE在接收到中转UE信息列表后,将中转UE信息列表保存在本地,其他的UE维护中转UE信息列表和直接通信UE信息列表,来实时检测目标UE的通信状态。没有接收到中转UE信息列表的UE,仅用于维护直接通信UE信息列表,来实时检测目标UE的通信状态。After receiving the transfer UE information list, other UEs save the transfer UE information list locally, and other UEs maintain the transfer UE information list and the direct communication UE information list to detect the communication status of the target UE in real time. UEs that have not received the relay UE information list are only used to maintain the direct communication UE information list to detect the communication status of the target UE in real time.
下面介绍只有一个Relay UE的D2D网络中,两个UE之间是如何发送单播消息一的,单播消息一包括业务数据,第一源UEID,第一目标UEID,第一中转UEID,其中,第一源UEID用于指示业务数据发送方的设备标识,第一目标UEID用于指示业务数据接收方的设备标识,第一中转UEID用于指示第一UE至业务数据的接收方的通信路径中下一跳UEID。当前UE向目标UE发送单播消息一,那么当前UE可能是业务数据的发送者,也可能是业务数据的转发者。The following describes how to send unicast message 1 between two UEs in a D2D network with only one Relay UE. Unicast message 1 includes service data, first source UEID, first target UEID, and first relay UEID. Among them, The first source UEID is used to indicate the device identity of the service data sender, the first target UEID is used to indicate the device identity of the service data receiver, and the first transit UEID is used to indicate the communication path from the first UE to the service data receiver Next hop UEID. When the current UE sends a unicast message to the target UE, the current UE may be the sender of the service data or the forwarder of the service data.
当前UE给目标UE发消息可以分为两种情况:情况一:当前UE只维护直接通信UE信息列表。情况二:当前UE需维护中转UE信息列表和直接通信UE信息列表。There are two situations in which the current UE sends a message to the target UE: Case 1: the current UE only maintains a direct communication UE information list. Case 2: The current UE needs to maintain a transfer UE information list and a direct communication UE information list.
首先介绍在当前UE只维护直接通信UE信息列表的情况下,当前UE如何给目标UE发送单播消息的。Firstly, it is introduced how the current UE sends a unicast message to the target UE when the current UE only maintains the UE information list for direct communication.
在当前UE只维护直接通信UE信息列表的情况下,当前UE可以是单播消息一的发送者。当前UE在本地维护的直接通信信息列表中查找到包含目标UE的通信路径,那么第一中转UEID可以确定为空或者确定为目标UE的设备标识,之后,当前UE将单播消息一发送至目标UE。若当前UE在本地维护的直接通信信息列表中没有查找到包含目标UE的通信路径或者查找到了目标UE的通信路径,但是目标UE的通信状态为离网,则缓存单播消息一,每 隔一段时间,当前UE在本地维护的接通信UE信息列表中查找与目标UE相同的通信路径,直至与目标UE相同的通信路径中的通信状态为在网。当前UE把单播消息一发送至目标UE。In the case that the current UE only maintains the direct communication UE information list, the current UE may be the sender of the unicast message one. The current UE finds the communication path containing the target UE in the locally maintained direct communication information list, then the first transit UEID can be determined to be empty or determined to be the device identifier of the target UE, and then the current UE sends a unicast message to the target UE. If the current UE does not find the communication path containing the target UE in the direct communication information list maintained locally or finds the communication path of the target UE, but the communication status of the target UE is off-network, buffer the unicast message one, every At this time, the current UE searches for the same communication path as the target UE in the locally maintained communication UE information list until the communication status of the same communication path as the target UE is online. The current UE sends a unicast message to the target UE.
然后介绍在当前UE同时维护直接通信UE信息列表和中转UE信息列表的情况下,当前UE如何给目标UE发送单播消息的。Then it introduces how the current UE sends a unicast message to the target UE when the current UE maintains the direct communication UE information list and the transfer UE information list at the same time.
若当前UE为单播消息一的发送者。若当前UE在本地维护的直接通信信息列表中查找到包含目标UE的通信路径,那么第一中转UEID可以确定为空或者确定为目标UE的设备标识,之后,当前UE将单播消息一发送至目标UE。若当前UE在本地维护的直接通信信息列表中没有查找到包含目标UE的通信路径,但是当前UE在本地维护的中转UE信息列表中查找与目标UE相同的通信路径,且目标UE的通信状态为在网,则当前UE将第一中转UEID确定Relay UE的设备标识。若当前UE在本地维护的直接通信信息列表中没有查找到包含目标UE的通信路径,在当前UE在本地维护的中转UE信息列表中也没有查找与目标UE相同的通信路径,则缓存单播消息一,每隔一段时间,当前UE在本地维护的接通信UE信息列表或者中转UE信息列表中查找与目标UE相同的通信路径。若当前UE在本地维护的直接通信UE信息列表或者中转UE信息列表中查找到包含目标UE的通信路径,但是目标UE的通信状态为离网,则缓存单播消息一,每隔一段时间,直至当前UE在本地维护的接通信UE信息列表或者中转UE信息列表中查找与目标UE相同的通信路径,且目标UE的通信状态为在网,发送单播消息一。If the current UE is the sender of unicast message 1. If the current UE finds a communication path containing the target UE in the locally maintained direct communication information list, then the first transit UEID can be determined to be empty or determined to be the device identifier of the target UE, and then the current UE sends a unicast message to Target UE. If the current UE does not find a communication path containing the target UE in the locally maintained direct communication information list, but the current UE searches for the same communication path as the target UE in the locally maintained transit UE information list, and the communication status of the target UE is In the network, the current UE determines the device identity of the Relay UE with the first relay UEID. If the current UE does not find the communication path containing the target UE in the direct communication information list maintained locally, and does not find the same communication path as the target UE in the transit UE information list maintained locally by the current UE, buffer the unicast message 1. Every once in a while, the current UE searches for the same communication path as the target UE in the locally maintained information list of the connecting UE or the information list of the transit UE. If the current UE finds a communication path containing the target UE in the locally maintained direct communication UE information list or transit UE information list, but the communication status of the target UE is off-network, cache the unicast message 1, every once in a while, until The current UE searches for the same communication path as the target UE in the locally maintained communication UE information list or transit UE information list, and the communication status of the target UE is online, and sends unicast message one.
若当前UE为单播消息一的转发者。那么当前UE发送单播消息一的方法步骤与在当前UE只维护直接通信UE信息列表的情况下,当前UE发送单播消息一的方法步骤类似,本请实施例在此不再赘述。If the current UE is the forwarder of the unicast message 1. Then the steps of the current UE sending the unicast message 1 are similar to the method steps of the current UE sending the unicast message 1 under the condition that the current UE only maintains the UE information list for direct communication, and will not be repeated here in this embodiment.
如果当前UE在直接通信列表和中转信息列表中都无法查询到目标UE的通信路径,则当前UE无法与该目标UE通信。If the current UE cannot find the communication path of the target UE in both the direct communication list and the transfer information list, the current UE cannot communicate with the target UE.
需要说明的是,当前UE缓存的单播消息的数量不得大于预设数量。若当前UE缓存单播消息一后,当前UE缓存的单播消息的数量大于预设数量,则当前UE丢弃最早缓存的单播消息。It should be noted that the current number of unicast messages buffered by the UE shall not be greater than the preset number. If the number of unicast messages cached by the current UE is greater than the preset number after the current UE caches the first unicast message, the current UE discards the earliest cached unicast message.
当前UE缓存的同一个单播消息的时间不得大于预设时间。若当前UE缓存单播消息一的时间达到预设时间,但是,与目标UE相同的通信路径中的通信状态仍然为离网,则当前UE丢弃单播消息一。The time of the same unicast message buffered by the current UE shall not be longer than the preset time. If the current UE caches the unicast message 1 for a preset time, but the communication state in the same communication path as the target UE is still off-network, the current UE discards the unicast message 1.
可选的,当前UE可以将业务数据通过组播的形式发送出去,那么组播消息中除了业务数据,还包含源UEID和目标UEID,源UEID为当前UE的设备标识,目的UEID为组播标识,之后当前UE直接将包含业务数据的组播消息以组播的形式发送出去。如果该目标UEID中不包含在当前UE的直接通信UE信息列表的目标UE,则当前UE可以根据需要把该组播消息转换成单播消息的格式,按照单播消息的发送方式把包含该业务数据的消息发送给目标UE。Optionally, the current UE can send service data in the form of multicast, then in addition to the service data, the multicast message also includes source UEID and target UEID, the source UEID is the device identifier of the current UE, and the destination UEID is the multicast identifier , and then the current UE directly sends out the multicast message including the service data in the form of multicast. If the target UEID does not include the target UE in the current UE's direct communication UE information list, the current UE can convert the multicast message into a unicast message format according to the needs, and send the message containing the service according to the sending method of the unicast message. Data messages are sent to the target UE.
基于实施例一和实施例二,可以实现UE通过维护列表信息来实时监测目标UE的通信状态和通信路径的路径信息。结合实施例一和实施例二,进一步的,Relay UE可以在持续性发送的心跳消息中加上中转UE信息列表的版本号,心跳消息中的中转UE信息列表的版本号用于其他的UE确定接收到的是不是最新的中转UE信息列表。Based on the first and second embodiments, the UE can monitor the communication state of the target UE and the path information of the communication path in real time by maintaining the list information. In combination with Embodiment 1 and Embodiment 2, further, the Relay UE may add the version number of the relay UE information list to the heartbeat message continuously sent, and the version number of the relay UE information list in the heartbeat message is used for other UEs to determine Whether the received is the latest transit UE information list.
如图5所示,图5示例性示出了如何确认接收到的中转UE信息列表是最新版本的方法 流程图。As shown in Figure 5, Figure 5 exemplarily shows a flow chart of how to confirm that the received transfer UE information list is the latest version.
S501、接收第一UE发送的第一中转UE信息列表。S501. Receive a first transfer UE information list sent by a first UE.
第一UE可以是实施例一中所述的用户设备200、用户设备300和用户设备400中的任意一种,第一UE也可以是实施例二中所述的用户设备300。The first UE may be any one of the user equipment 200, the user equipment 300, and the user equipment 400 described in the first embodiment, and the first UE may also be the user equipment 300 described in the second embodiment.
第一中转UE信息列表可以是实施例一中所述的用户设备200的中转UE信息列表一或中转UE信息列表二、用户设备300的中转UE信息列表一或中转UE信息列表二和用户设备400的中转UE信息列表一或中转UE信息列表二中的任意一种,第一中转UE信息列表也可以是实施例二中所述的用户设备300的中转UE信息列表。The first transfer UE information list may be the transfer UE information list 1 or transfer UE information list 2 of the user equipment 200 described in the first embodiment, the transfer UE information list 1 or transfer UE information list 2 of the user equipment 300 and the user equipment 400 Any one of the relay UE information list 1 or the relay UE information list 2, the first relay UE information list may also be the relay UE information list of the user equipment 300 described in the second embodiment.
其中,第一中转UE信息列表包括第一UE至第二UE之间的第一通信路径的路径信息,第二UE是目标UE;Wherein, the first transfer UE information list includes the path information of the first communication path between the first UE and the second UE, and the second UE is the target UE;
可选的,第一中转UE信息列表还包括第二UE的通信状态、第一通信路径中数据传输的中转跳数、和第一通信路径中所述第一UE的下一跳UE的设备标识UEID。Optionally, the first relay UE information list also includes the communication status of the second UE, the number of transfer hops for data transmission in the first communication path, and the device identifier of the next-hop UE of the first UE in the first communication path UEID.
可选的,第一中转UE信息列表还包括第二UE的联网标识。其中,联网标识用于指示第二UE是否与基站建立连接,也即第二UE是否可以联网。Optionally, the first relay UE information list further includes the networking identifier of the second UE. Wherein, the networking identifier is used to indicate whether the second UE establishes a connection with the base station, that is, whether the second UE can be connected to the network.
S502、接收第一UE发送的第一心跳信息,第一心跳信息包括第一UE的设备标识和第一版本号。S502. Receive first heartbeat information sent by the first UE, where the first heartbeat information includes a device identifier and a first version number of the first UE.
可以理解的是,第一UE是持续性(例如5秒为一个周期)发送第一心跳信息的。第一心跳信息包括第一UE的设备标识和第一版本号。其中,第一版本号是用于确认接收到的第一中转UE信息列表是否是最新的中转UE信息列表。It can be understood that the first UE sends the first heartbeat information continuously (for example, 5 seconds is a cycle). The first heartbeat information includes the device identifier and the first version number of the first UE. Wherein, the first version number is used to confirm whether the received first transfer UE information list is the latest transfer UE information list.
中转UE信息列表的版本号会随着中转UE信息列表的更新而变化。因此,当中转UE信息列表更新之后,对应的中转UE信息列表的版本号也会变化,例如中转UE信息列表每变化一次,中转UE信息列表的版本号的值加1。The version number of the relay UE information list will change with the update of the relay UE information list. Therefore, after the relay UE information list is updated, the version number of the corresponding relay UE information list will also change. For example, each time the relay UE information list changes, the value of the version number of the relay UE information list is increased by 1.
具体的,基于第一版本号确认接收到的第一中转UE信息列表是否是最新发送的中转UE信息列表,有以下两种方式:Specifically, based on the first version number, it is confirmed whether the received first transfer UE information list is the latest transfer UE information list sent in the following two ways:
方式一:第一UE发送的第一中转UE信息列表还需包括版本号。例如第一中转UE信息列表包括第二版本号,当第一版本号与第二版本号相同时,则确定出第一中转UE信息列表为最新的中转UE信息列表。当第一版本号与第二版本号不同时,则确定出第一中转UE信息列表不是最新的中转UE信息列表。Mode 1: The first transit UE information list sent by the first UE also needs to include a version number. For example, the first transfer UE information list includes the second version number, and when the first version number is the same as the second version number, it is determined that the first transfer UE information list is the latest transfer UE information list. When the first version number is different from the second version number, it is determined that the first transfer UE information list is not the latest transfer UE information list.
方式二:第一UE发送的第一中转UE信息列表不包括版本号。在接收第一UE发送的第一中转UE信息列表之前,还接收到了第一UE发送的第二心跳消息。第二心跳消息还包括第三版本号和第一UE的设备标识。可选的,第二心跳信息是与第一中转UE信息列表相邻的心跳信息。对于第一UE来说,第一UE需先发心跳消息,之后在紧接着发中转UE信息列表。若第三版本号与第一版本号相同,则说明第一中转UE信息列表为最新的中转UE信息列表。当第三版本号与第一版本号不同时,则确定出第一中转UE信息列表不是最新的中转UE信息列表。Mode 2: The first transit UE information list sent by the first UE does not include a version number. Before receiving the first relay UE information list sent by the first UE, the second heartbeat message sent by the first UE is also received. The second heartbeat message also includes the third version number and the device identifier of the first UE. Optionally, the second heartbeat information is heartbeat information adjacent to the first relay UE information list. For the first UE, the first UE needs to send the heartbeat message first, and then send the relay UE information list immediately afterwards. If the third version number is the same as the first version number, it means that the first transfer UE information list is the latest transfer UE information list. When the third version number is different from the first version number, it is determined that the first transfer UE information list is not the latest transfer UE information list.
上述方式一和方式二用于确定是不是最新中转UE信息列表的方法,适用于一个Relay UE和多个Relay UE的场景。但是对于只有一个Relay UE的场景,本申请实施例还提供了另一种确认是不是最新的中转UE信息列表的方法。The above method 1 and method 2 are used to determine whether it is the latest relay UE information list, which is applicable to the scenario of one Relay UE and multiple Relay UEs. However, for a scenario where there is only one Relay UE, the embodiment of the present application also provides another method for confirming whether it is the latest relay UE information list.
具体的,在一个Relay UE的场景,Relay UE可以将中转UE信息列表的版本号加载在中转UE信息列表里发送出去。那么其他的UE(即非Relay UE)在接收到包含中转UE信息列 表的版本号的中转UE信息列表后,将中转UE信息列表里的版本号保存在本地。之后,非Relay UE将Relay UE发送的版本号加载在自己的心跳消息中通过广播的方式发送出去。Relay UE在接收到非Relay UE发送的心跳消息后,将确认出非Relay UE发送的心跳消息中的版本号是否与发送出去的中转UE信息列表的版本号是否一致。若不一致,则Relay UE主动将最新版本的中转UE信息列表发送至非Relay UE,若一致,说明非Relay已接收到最新版本的最新版本的中转UE信息列表,那么Relay UE不需要再发送最新版本的中转UE信息列表。Specifically, in a Relay UE scenario, the Relay UE can load the version number of the relay UE information list into the relay UE information list and send it out. Then other UEs (i.e. non-Relay UEs) store the version number in the relay UE information list locally after receiving the relay UE information list including the version number of the relay UE information list. Afterwards, the non-Relay UE loads the version number sent by the Relay UE into its own heartbeat message and sends it out by broadcasting. After receiving the heartbeat message sent by the non-Relay UE, the Relay UE will confirm whether the version number in the heartbeat message sent by the non-Relay UE is consistent with the version number in the transmitted relay UE information list. If they are inconsistent, the Relay UE will actively send the latest version of the relay UE information list to the non-Relay UE. If they are consistent, it means that the non-Relay has received the latest version of the latest version of the relay UE information list, so the Relay UE does not need to send the latest version. The list of transit UE information.
可选的,在接收所述第一UE发送的第二心跳消息之后,在接收第一UE发送的第一中转UE信息列表之前,方法还包括:在接收到第二心跳消息之前,没有接收到第一中转UE信息列表,在接收第二心跳消息之后的第三时间,也没有接收到第一中转UE信息列表,即可以接收包括版本号的心跳消息,但是从没接收到过第一UE发送的中转UE信息列表,则向第一UE发送第二请求,第二请求用于指示第一UE发送第一中转UE信息列表。Optionally, after receiving the second heartbeat message sent by the first UE, before receiving the first transfer UE information list sent by the first UE, the method further includes: before receiving the second heartbeat message, not receiving The first relay UE information list, the third time after receiving the second heartbeat message, did not receive the first relay UE information list, that is, the heartbeat message including the version number can be received, but the first UE has never received the first UE information list. The transfer UE information list, then send a second request to the first UE, where the second request is used to instruct the first UE to send the first transfer UE information list.
可选的,收第一UE发送的第一中转UE信息列表后,在到达一定时间之前,没有接收到第一UE发送的第一心跳消息,也可以认为第一中转UE信息列表是最新的,那么可以基于第一中转UE信息列表发送第一单播消息。在一定时间之后,还是没有接收到第一UE发送的第一心跳消息,则不再基于第一中转UE信息列表发送第一单播消息。Optionally, after receiving the first transit UE information list sent by the first UE, the first heartbeat message sent by the first UE is not received before a certain time, and the first transit UE information list may also be considered to be the latest, Then the first unicast message may be sent based on the first relay UE information list. After a certain period of time, if the first heartbeat message sent by the first UE is still not received, the first unicast message is not sent based on the first relay UE information list.
S503、当基于第一版本号确认第一中转UE信息列表是更新的中转UE信息列表时,基于第一中转UE信息列表发送第一单播信息。S503. When it is confirmed based on the first version number that the first relay UE information list is an updated relay UE information list, send first unicast information based on the first relay UE information list.
第一单播信息可以是实施例一或者实施例二中所述的单播信息一。The first unicast information may be the first unicast information described in Embodiment 1 or Embodiment 2.
由S502可知,当基于第一版本号确认第一中转UE信息列表是更新的中转UE信息列表时,基于第一中转UE信息列表发送第一单播信息。第一单播信息包括业务数据,源用户设备的设备标识UEID,目标UEID,中转UEID。It can be known from S502 that when it is confirmed based on the first version number that the first relay UE information list is an updated relay UE information list, the first unicast information is sent based on the first relay UE information list. The first unicast information includes service data, UEID of the source user equipment, target UEID, and transit UEID.
当基于第一版本号确认第一中转UE信息列表不是更新的中转UE信息列表时,向第一UE发送第一请求,第一请求用于指示第一UE发送更新的中转UE信息列表;接收第一UE发送的更新的中转UE信息列表,更新的中转UE信息列表包括第一UE至第三UE之间的第二通信路径的路径信息;基于更新的中转UE信息列表发送第二单播信息。其中,第三UE可以与第二UE相同,也可以不同。When it is confirmed based on the first version number that the first transfer UE information list is not an updated transfer UE information list, a first request is sent to the first UE, and the first request is used to instruct the first UE to send an updated transfer UE information list; receiving the second An updated relay UE information list sent by the UE, the updated relay UE information list includes path information of a second communication path between the first UE and the third UE; sending second unicast information based on the updated relay UE information list. Wherein, the third UE may be the same as or different from the second UE.
可以看出,在确定出第一中转UE信息列表不是最新的中转UE信息列表时,可以向第一UE发送第一请求,第一请求用于获取最新的中转UE信息列表。这样,提高了接收的中转UE信息列表的可靠性,保障了后续基于中转UE信息列表更新目标UE的通信状态和通信路径的准确性。It can be seen that, when it is determined that the first transfer UE information list is not the latest transfer UE information list, a first request may be sent to the first UE, where the first request is used to obtain the latest transfer UE information list. In this way, the reliability of the received transfer UE information list is improved, and the accuracy of subsequent updating of the communication state and communication path of the target UE based on the transfer UE information list is ensured.
可选的,在接收到第一心跳信息后达到第一时间,仍未接收到更新的中转UE信息列表,向第一UE发送第一请求。这样,在确定出第一中转UE信息列表不是最新的中转UE信息列表后,先等待第一时间再发请求,避免由于网络延迟而导致重复发送的问题。Optionally, the first request is sent to the first UE if the updated transfer UE information list has not been received within a first time after receiving the first heartbeat information. In this way, after it is determined that the first transfer UE information list is not the latest transfer UE information list, wait for the first time before sending the request, so as to avoid the problem of repeated sending due to network delay.
可选的,在接收第一UE发送的第一心跳信息之后,方法还包括:在第二时间内未接收到第一UE发送的更新的心跳消息,将经过第一UE的通信路径中的通信状态由在网修改为离网,或者,将所述第一UE作为下一跳UE的通信路径中的通信状态由在网修改为离网。这样,当接收不到第一UE发送的更新的心跳消息,则无法与第一UE直接进行通信了,则将第一UE的通信状态由在网修改为离网,或者,将所述第一UE作为下一跳UE的通信路径中的通信状态由在网修改为离网。这样,可以实时更新目标UE的通信状态。Optionally, after receiving the first heartbeat information sent by the first UE, the method further includes: not receiving an updated heartbeat message sent by the first UE within a second time, passing through the communication path in the communication path of the first UE The state is changed from on-net to off-net, or the communication state in the communication path with the first UE as the next-hop UE is changed from on-net to off-net. In this way, when the updated heartbeat message sent by the first UE cannot be received, it is impossible to directly communicate with the first UE, and the communication status of the first UE is changed from on-net to off-net, or the first UE The communication status in the communication path of the UE as the next hop UE is changed from on-net to off-net. In this way, the communication state of the target UE can be updated in real time.
需要说明的是,当UE维护的候选UE信息列表或者目标UE信息列表中的信息发生了变 化时,需主动请求Relay UE发送中转UE信息列表给自己,以便UE可以根据中转UE信息列表更新候选UE信息列表中的信息。直到收到所有可以直接通信的relay UE的中转UE信息列表为止。这里,可以基于relay UE发送的心跳消息中的版本号确定可以直接通信的哪些UE是可以直接通信的relay UE。具体的,可以直接通信的relay UE的心跳消息中携带了版本号,可以直接通信的非relay UE的心跳消息中不携带版本号。It should be noted that when the information in the candidate UE information list maintained by the UE or the information in the target UE information list changes, it needs to actively request the Relay UE to send the relay UE information list to itself, so that the UE can update the candidate UE according to the relay UE information list information in the information list. Until the relay UE information list of all relay UEs that can communicate directly is received. Here, it can be determined which UEs that can communicate directly are relay UEs that can communicate directly based on the version number in the heartbeat message sent by the relay UE. Specifically, the heartbeat message of the relay UE capable of direct communication carries the version number, and the heartbeat message of the non-relay UE capable of direct communication does not carry the version number.
图6为本申请的实施例提供的一种通信装置600的结构示意图。这些通信装置600可以用于实现上述方法实施例中用户设备的功能,因此也能实现上述方法实施例所具备的有益效果。在本申请的实施例中,该通信装置可以是如图2所示的任意一种用户设备,也可以是如图3A和图3B所示的任意一种用户设备,还可以是应用于图2、图3A和图3B所示的任意一种用户设备的模块(如芯片)。FIG. 6 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device 600 provided by an embodiment of the present application. These communication apparatuses 600 can be used to implement the functions of the user equipment in the above method embodiments, and therefore can also realize the beneficial effects of the above method embodiments. In the embodiment of the present application, the communication device may be any kind of user equipment as shown in FIG. 2, or any kind of user equipment as shown in FIG. 3A and FIG. , any module (such as a chip) of the user equipment shown in FIG. 3A and FIG. 3B .
如图6所示,通信装置600包括发送单元601、接收单元602和处理单元603。通信装置600用于实现上述实施例一或实施例二中任意一种用户设备的功能。当通信装置600用于实现上述实施例一或实施例二中任意一种用户设备的功能时:接收单元602,用于接收第一UE发送的第一中转UE信息列表;其中,第一中转UE信息列表包括第一UE至第二UE之间的第一通信路径的路径信息,第二UE是目标UE;接收第一UE发送的第一心跳信息,第一心跳信息包括第一UE的设备标识和第一版本号,第一版本号用于确认第一中转UE信息列表是否是更新的中转UE信息列表;发送单元601用于当基于第一版本号确认第一中转UE信息列表是更新的中转UE信息列表时,基于第一中转UE信息列表发送第一单播信息。As shown in FIG. 6 , a communication device 600 includes a sending unit 601 , a receiving unit 602 and a processing unit 603 . The communications apparatus 600 is configured to implement the functions of any one of the user equipments in Embodiment 1 or Embodiment 2 above. When the communication device 600 is used to implement the functions of any user equipment in the first or second embodiment above: the receiving unit 602 is configured to receive the first transfer UE information list sent by the first UE; wherein, the first transfer UE The information list includes the path information of the first communication path between the first UE and the second UE, and the second UE is the target UE; receiving the first heartbeat information sent by the first UE, and the first heartbeat information includes the device identifier of the first UE and the first version number, the first version number is used to confirm whether the first transfer UE information list is an updated transfer UE information list; the sending unit 601 is used to confirm that the first transfer UE information list is an updated transfer UE information list based on the first version number When the UE information list is used, the first unicast information is sent based on the first relay UE information list.
可选的,第一中转UE信息列表还包括第二UE的通信状态、第一通信路径中数据传输的中转跳数、和第一通信路径中第一UE的下一跳UE的设备标识UEID。Optionally, the first transit UE information list further includes the communication status of the second UE, the number of transit hops for data transmission in the first communication path, and the UEID of the next-hop UE of the first UE in the first communication path.
可选的,第一中转UE信息列表还包括第二UE的联网标识。Optionally, the first relay UE information list further includes the networking identifier of the second UE.
第一单播消息包括业务数据,源用户设备的设备标识UEID,目标UEID,中转UEID。The first unicast message includes service data, UEID of the source user equipment, target UEID, and transit UEID.
发送单元601,还用于当基于第一版本号确认第一中转UE信息列表不是更新的中转UE信息列表时,向第一UE发送第一请求,第一请求用于指示第一UE发送更新的中转UE信息列表;The sending unit 601 is further configured to send a first request to the first UE when it is confirmed based on the first version number that the first transfer UE information list is not an updated transfer UE information list, and the first request is used to instruct the first UE to send an updated transfer UE information list. Transit UE information list;
接收单元602,还用于接收第一UE发送的更新的中转UE信息列表,更新的中转UE信息列表包括第一UE至第三UE之间的第二通信路径的路径信息;The receiving unit 602 is further configured to receive an updated transfer UE information list sent by the first UE, where the updated transfer UE information list includes path information of a second communication path between the first UE and the third UE;
发送单元601,还用于基于述更新的中转UE信息列表发送第一单播信息The sending unit 601 is further configured to send first unicast information based on the updated transfer UE information list
发送单元601,还用于在接收到第一心跳信息后达到第一时间,仍未接收到更新的中转UE信息列表,向第一UE发送第一请求。The sending unit 601 is further configured to send a first request to the first UE when the updated transfer UE information list has not been received within a first time after receiving the first heartbeat information.
第一中转UE信息列表包括第二版本号。处理单元603用于比较第一版本号和第二版本号,以基于第一版本号确认第一中转UE信息列表是更新的中转UE信息列表。The first relay UE information list includes the second version number. The processing unit 603 is configured to compare the first version number with the second version number, so as to confirm based on the first version number that the first transfer UE information list is an updated transfer UE information list.
接收单元602,还用于接收第一UE发送的第二心跳消息;第二心跳信息包括第一UE的设备标识和第三版本号;The receiving unit 602 is further configured to receive a second heartbeat message sent by the first UE; the second heartbeat message includes the device identifier and the third version number of the first UE;
处理单元603还用于比较第一版本号和第三版本号,以基于第一版本号确认第一中转UE信息列表是更新的中转UE信息列表。The processing unit 603 is further configured to compare the first version number with the third version number, so as to confirm based on the first version number that the first transfer UE information list is an updated transfer UE information list.
处理单元603还用于在第二时间内未接收到第一UE发送的更新的心跳消息,将第一UE的通信状态由在网修改为离网,或者,将第一UE作为下一跳UE的通信路径中的通信状态由在网修改为离网。The processing unit 603 is further configured to change the communication status of the first UE from on-net to off-net if the update heartbeat message sent by the first UE is not received within the second time, or to use the first UE as the next-hop UE The communication status in the communication path of the network is changed from on-net to off-net.
处理单元603还用于在接收到第二心跳消息之前,没有接收到第一中转UE信息列表, 在接收第二心跳消息之后的第三时间,也没有接收到第一中转UE信息列表,向第一UE发送第二请求,第二请求用于指示第一UE发送第一中转UE信息列表。The processing unit 603 is further configured to, before receiving the second heartbeat message, if the first transfer UE information list is not received, and at the third time after receiving the second heartbeat message, the first transfer UE information list is not received, and report to the second A UE sends a second request, and the second request is used to instruct the first UE to send the first relay UE information list.
处理单元603,还用于在接收第一UE发送的第一中转UE信息列表后,在到达一定时间之前,没有接收到第一UE发送的第一心跳消息,也可以认为第一中转UE信息列表是最新的,那么可以基于第一中转UE信息列表发送第一单播消息。在一定时间之后,还是没有接收到第一UE发送的第一心跳消息,则不再基于第一中转UE信息列表发送第一单播消息。The processing unit 603 is further configured to, after receiving the first transit UE information list sent by the first UE, if the first heartbeat message sent by the first UE is not received before a certain time, the first transit UE information list can also be regarded as is the latest, then the first unicast message may be sent based on the first relay UE information list. After a certain period of time, if the first heartbeat message sent by the first UE is still not received, the first unicast message is not sent based on the first relay UE information list.
需理解,以上任意单元可以软件、硬件或二者结合来实现,本实施例对此不限定。It should be understood that any of the above units may be implemented by software, hardware or a combination of both, which is not limited in this embodiment.
如图7所示,通信装置700包括处理器701、接口电路702和总线703。处理器701和接口电路702之间相互耦合。可以理解的是,接口电路702可以为收发器或输入输出接口。可选的,通信装置700还可以包括存储器704,用于存储处理器701执行的指令或存储处理器701运行指令所需要的输入数据或存储处理器701运行指令后产生的数据。As shown in FIG. 7 , a communication device 700 includes a processor 701 , an interface circuit 702 and a bus 703 . The processor 701 and the interface circuit 702 are coupled to each other. It can be understood that the interface circuit 702 may be a transceiver or an input-output interface. Optionally, the communication device 700 may further include a memory 704 for storing instructions executed by the processor 701 or storing input data required by the processor 701 to execute the instructions or storing data generated after the processor 701 executes the instructions.
当通信装置700用于上述图5所示的方法时,处理器701用于实现上述处理单元603的功能,接口电路702用于实现上述发送单元601和接收单元602的功能。When the communication device 700 is used in the method shown in FIG. 5 , the processor 701 is used to realize the functions of the processing unit 603 , and the interface circuit 702 is used to realize the functions of the sending unit 601 and the receiving unit 602 .
当上述通信装置为应用于第一UE的芯片时,该第一UE的芯片用于实现上述方法实施例中第第一UE的功能。该第一UE的芯片从第一UE中的其它模块(如射频模块或天线)接收信息,该信息是其他UE发送给第一UE的;或者,该第一UE的芯片向第一UE中的其它模块(如射频模块或天线)发送信息,该信息是第一UE发送给其他UE的。When the foregoing communication device is a chip applied to the first UE, the chip of the first UE is used to realize the functions of the first UE in the foregoing method embodiment. The chip of the first UE receives information from other modules (such as radio frequency modules or antennas) in the first UE, and the information is sent to the first UE by other UEs; or, the chip of the first UE sends information to the first UE Other modules (such as radio frequency modules or antennas) send information, and the information is sent by the first UE to other UEs.
可以理解的是,本申请的实施例中的处理器可以是中央处理单元(Central Processing Unit,CPU),还可以是其它通用处理器、数字信号处理器(Digital Signal Processor,DSP)、专用集成电路(Application Specific Integrated Circuit,ASIC)、现场可编程门阵列(Field Programmable Gate Array,FPGA)或者其它可编程逻辑器件、晶体管逻辑器件,硬件部件或者其任意组合。通用处理器可以是微处理器,也可以是任何常规的处理器。It can be understood that the processor in the embodiments of the present application can be a central processing unit (Central Processing Unit, CPU), and can also be other general-purpose processors, digital signal processors (Digital Signal Processor, DSP), application-specific integrated circuits (Application Specific Integrated Circuit, ASIC), Field Programmable Gate Array (Field Programmable Gate Array, FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, transistor logic devices, hardware components or any combination thereof. A general-purpose processor can be a microprocessor, or any conventional processor.
本申请的实施例中的方法步骤可以通过硬件的方式来实现,也可以由处理器执行软件指令的方式来实现。软件指令可以由相应的软件模块组成,软件模块可以被存放于随机存取存储器、闪存、只读存储器、可编程只读存储器、可擦除可编程只读存储器、电可擦除可编程只读存储器、寄存器、硬盘、移动硬盘、CD-ROM或者本领域熟知的任何其它形式的存储介质中。一种示例性的存储介质耦合至处理器,从而使处理器能够从该存储介质读取信息,且可向该存储介质写入信息。当然,存储介质也可以是处理器的组成部分。处理器和存储介质可以位于ASIC中。另外,该ASIC可以位于网络设备或终端设备中。当然,处理器和存储介质也可以作为分立组件存在于网络设备或终端设备中。The method steps in the embodiments of the present application may be implemented by means of hardware, or may be implemented by means of a processor executing software instructions. Software instructions can be composed of corresponding software modules, and software modules can be stored in random access memory, flash memory, read-only memory, programmable read-only memory, erasable programmable read-only memory, electrically erasable programmable read-only Memory, registers, hard disk, removable hard disk, CD-ROM or any other form of storage medium known in the art. An exemplary storage medium is coupled to the processor such the processor can read information from, and write information to, the storage medium. Of course, the storage medium may also be a component of the processor. The processor and storage medium can be located in the ASIC. In addition, the ASIC can be located in a network device or a terminal device. Certainly, the processor and the storage medium may also exist in the network device or the terminal device as discrete components.
在上述实施例中,可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时,可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。所述计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机程序或指令。在计算机上加载和执行所述计算机程序或指令时,全部或部分地执行本申请实施例所述的流程或功能。所述计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、网络设备、用户设备或者其它可编程装置。所述计算机程序或指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中,或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输,例如,所述计算机程序或指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线或无线方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是集成一个或多个可用介质的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。所述可用介质可以是磁性介质,例如,软盘、硬盘、磁带;也可以是光 介质,例如,数字视频光盘;还可以是半导体介质,例如,固态硬盘。In the above embodiments, all or part of them may be implemented by software, hardware, firmware or any combination thereof. When implemented using software, it may be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product. The computer program product comprises one or more computer programs or instructions. When the computer program or instructions are loaded and executed on the computer, the processes or functions described in the embodiments of the present application are executed in whole or in part. The computer may be a general purpose computer, a special purpose computer, a computer network, network equipment, user equipment, or other programmable devices. The computer program or instructions may be stored in or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium, for example, the computer program or instructions may be downloaded from a website, computer, A server or data center transmits to another website site, computer, server or data center by wired or wireless means. The computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer, or a data storage device such as a server or a data center integrating one or more available media. The available medium may be a magnetic medium, such as a floppy disk, a hard disk, or a magnetic tape; it may also be an optical medium, such as a digital video disk; it may also be a semiconductor medium, such as a solid-state hard disk.
在本申请的各个实施例中,如果没有特殊说明以及逻辑冲突,不同的实施例之间的术语和/或描述具有一致性、且可以相互引用,不同的实施例中的技术特征根据其内在的逻辑关系可以组合形成新的实施例。In each embodiment of the present application, if there is no special explanation and logical conflict, the terms and/or descriptions between different embodiments are consistent and can be referred to each other, and the technical features in different embodiments are based on their inherent Logical relationships can be combined to form new embodiments.
本申请中,“至少一个”是指一个或者多个,“多个”是指两个或两个以上。“和/或”,描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B的情况,其中A,B可以是单数或者复数。在本申请的文字描述中,字符“/”,一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系;在本申请的公式中,字符“/”,表示前后关联对象是一种“相除”的关系。In this application, "at least one" means one or more, and "multiple" means two or more. "And/or" describes the association relationship of associated objects, indicating that there can be three types of relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A exists alone, A and B exist at the same time, and B exists alone, where A, B can be singular or plural. In the text description of this application, the character "/" generally indicates that the contextual objects are an "or" relationship; in the formulas of this application, the character "/" indicates that the contextual objects are a "division" Relationship.
可以理解的是,在本申请的实施例中涉及的各种数字编号仅为描述方便进行的区分,并不用来限制本申请的实施例的范围。上述各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后,各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定。It can be understood that the various numbers involved in the embodiments of the present application are only for convenience of description, and are not used to limit the scope of the embodiments of the present application. The size of the serial numbers of the above-mentioned processes does not mean the order of execution, and the execution order of each process should be determined by its functions and internal logic.

Claims (23)

  1. 一种端到端D2D通信方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:An end-to-end D2D communication method, characterized in that the method comprises:
    接收第一用户设备UE发送的第一中转UE信息列表;其中,所述第一中转UE信息列表包括所述第一UE至第二UE之间的第一通信路径的路径信息,所述第二UE是目标UE;receiving a first transfer UE information list sent by a first user equipment UE; wherein, the first transfer UE information list includes path information of a first communication path between the first UE and a second UE, and the second UE is the target UE;
    接收第一UE发送的第一心跳信息,所述第一心跳信息包括所述第一UE的设备标识和第一版本号,所述第一版本号用于确认所述第一中转UE信息列表是否是更新的中转UE信息列表;Receive first heartbeat information sent by the first UE, where the first heartbeat information includes the device identifier of the first UE and a first version number, and the first version number is used to confirm whether the first transit UE information list is the updated transit UE information list;
    当基于所述第一版本号确认所述第一中转UE信息列表是所述更新的中转UE信息列表时,基于所述第一中转UE信息列表发送第一单播信息。When it is confirmed based on the first version number that the first relay UE information list is the updated relay UE information list, sending first unicast information based on the first relay UE information list.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 1, further comprising:
    当基于所述第一版本号确认所述第一中转UE信息列表不是所述更新的中转UE信息列表时,向所述第一UE发送第一请求,所述第一请求用于指示所述第一UE发送所述更新的中转UE信息列表;When it is confirmed based on the first version number that the first transfer UE information list is not the updated transfer UE information list, send a first request to the first UE, where the first request is used to indicate the first transfer UE information list A UE sends the updated transfer UE information list;
    接收所述第一UE发送的所述更新的中转UE信息列表,所述更新的中转UE信息列表包括第一UE至第三UE之间的第二通信路径的路径信息;receiving the updated transfer UE information list sent by the first UE, where the updated transfer UE information list includes path information of a second communication path between the first UE and the third UE;
    基于所述更新的中转UE信息列表发送所述第一单播信息。Sending the first unicast information based on the updated relay UE information list.
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述向所述第一UE发送第一请求包括;The method according to claim 2, wherein the sending the first request to the first UE comprises;
    在接收到所述第一心跳信息后达到第一时间,仍未接收到所述更新的中转UE信息列表,向所述第一UE发送第一请求。Sending a first request to the first UE when the updated transfer UE information list has not been received within a first time after receiving the first heartbeat information.
  4. 根据权利要求1-3任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一中转UE信息列表包括第二版本号;The method according to any one of claims 1-3, wherein the first relay UE information list includes a second version number;
    所述方法还包括:比较所述第一版本号和所述第二版本号,以基于所述第一版本号确认所述第一中转UE信息列表是所述更新的中转UE信息列表。The method further includes: comparing the first version number and the second version number to confirm that the first relay UE information list is the updated relay UE information list based on the first version number.
  5. 根据权利要求1-3任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述在接收第一UE发送的第一中转UE信息列表之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1-3, wherein before receiving the first transfer UE information list sent by the first UE, the method further comprises:
    接收所述第一UE发送的第二心跳消息;所述第二心跳信息包括所述第一UE的设备标识和第三版本号;receiving a second heartbeat message sent by the first UE; the second heartbeat message includes the device identifier and a third version number of the first UE;
    比较所述第一版本号和所述第三版本号,以基于所述第一版本号确认所述第一中转UE信息列表是所述更新的中转UE信息列表。comparing the first version number with the third version number to confirm that the first relay UE information list is the updated relay UE information list based on the first version number.
  6. 根据权利要求1-5任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述接收第一UE发送的第一心跳信息之后,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1-5, wherein after receiving the first heartbeat information sent by the first UE, the method further comprises:
    在第二时间内未接收到所述第一UE发送的更新的心跳消息,将所述第一UE的通信状态由在网修改为离网,或者,将所述第一UE作为下一跳UE的通信路径中的通信状态由在网修改为离网。If the updated heartbeat message sent by the first UE is not received within the second time, modify the communication status of the first UE from on-net to off-net, or use the first UE as a next-hop UE The communication status in the communication path of the network is changed from on-net to off-net.
  7. 根据权利要求5所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述接收所述第一UE发送的第二心跳消息之后,在所述接收第一UE发送的第一中转UE信息列表之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 5, wherein after receiving the second heartbeat message sent by the first UE and before receiving the first transit UE information list sent by the first UE, the method Also includes:
    在接收到所述第二心跳消息之前,没有接收到所述第一中转UE信息列表,在接收所述第二心跳消息之后的第三时间,也没有接收到所述第一中转UE信息列表,向所述第一UE发送第二请求,所述第二请求用于指示所述第一UE发送所述第一中转UE信息列表。Before receiving the second heartbeat message, the first transit UE information list is not received, and at a third time after receiving the second heartbeat message, the first transit UE information list is not received, Sending a second request to the first UE, where the second request is used to instruct the first UE to send the first transfer UE information list.
  8. 根据权利要求1-7任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一中转UE信息列表还包括The method according to any one of claims 1-7, wherein the first transfer UE information list further includes
    所述第二UE的通信状态、所述第一通信路径中数据传输的中转跳数、和所述第一通信路径中所述第一UE的下一跳UE的设备标识UEID。The communication status of the second UE, the number of transit hops for data transmission in the first communication path, and the UEID of the next-hop UE of the first UE in the first communication path.
  9. 根据权利要求1-8任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一中转UE信息列表还包括所述第二UE的联网标识。The method according to any one of claims 1-8, wherein the first relay UE information list further includes a networking identifier of the second UE.
  10. 根据权利要求1-9任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一单播消息包括业务数据,源用户设备的设备标识UEID,目标UEID,中转UEID。The method according to any one of claims 1-9, wherein the first unicast message includes service data, UEID of the source user equipment, target UEID, and transit UEID.
  11. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括:A communication device, characterized by comprising:
    接收单元,用于接收第一UE发送的第一中转UE信息列表;其中,所述第一中转UE信息列表包括所述第一UE至第二UE之间的第一通信路径的路径信息,所述第二UE是目标UE;The receiving unit is configured to receive a first transfer UE information list sent by the first UE; wherein the first transfer UE information list includes path information of a first communication path between the first UE and the second UE, and the The second UE is a target UE;
    所述接收单元,还用于接收第一UE发送的第一心跳信息,所述第一心跳信息包括所述第一UE的设备标识和第一版本号,所述第一版本号用于确认所述第一中转UE信息列表是否是更新的中转UE信息列表;The receiving unit is further configured to receive first heartbeat information sent by the first UE, the first heartbeat information includes the device identifier of the first UE and a first version number, and the first version number is used to confirm the Whether the first transfer UE information list is an updated transfer UE information list;
    发送单元,用于当基于所述第一版本号确认所述第一中转UE信息列表是所述更新的中转UE信息列表时,基于所述第一中转UE信息列表发送第一单播信息。A sending unit, configured to send first unicast information based on the first transfer UE information list when it is confirmed based on the first version number that the first transfer UE information list is the updated transfer UE information list.
  12. 根据权利要求11所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述发送单元,还用于当基于所述第一版本号确认所述第一中转UE信息列表不是所述更新的中转UE信息列表时,向所述第一UE发送第一请求,所述第一请求用于指示所述第一UE发送所述更新的中转UE信息列表;The communication device according to claim 11, wherein the sending unit is further configured to, when it is confirmed based on the first version number that the first transfer UE information list is not the updated transfer UE information list, sending a first request to the first UE, where the first request is used to instruct the first UE to send the updated transfer UE information list;
    所述接收单元,还用于接收所述第一UE发送的所述更新的中转UE信息列表,所述更新的中转UE信息列表包括第一UE至第三UE之间的第二通信路径的路径信息;The receiving unit is further configured to receive the updated transfer UE information list sent by the first UE, where the updated transfer UE information list includes a path of a second communication path between the first UE and the third UE information;
    所述发送单元,还用于基于所述更新的中转UE信息列表发送所述第一单播信息。The sending unit is further configured to send the first unicast information based on the updated relay UE information list.
  13. 根据权利要求12所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述发送单元,还用于在接收到所述第一心跳信息后达到第一时间,仍未接收到所述更新的中转UE信息列表,向所述第一UE发送第一请求。The communication device according to claim 12, wherein the sending unit is further configured to receive the updated transfer UE information list when the first time is reached after receiving the first heartbeat information, Send a first request to the first UE.
  14. 根据权利要求11-13任一项所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述第一中转UE信息列表包括第二版本号;所述通信装置还包括处理单元;The communication device according to any one of claims 11-13, wherein the first transfer UE information list includes a second version number; the communication device further includes a processing unit;
    其中,所述处理单元用于比较所述第一版本号和所述第二版本号,以基于所述第一版本号确认所述第一中转UE信息列表是所述更新的中转UE信息列表。Wherein, the processing unit is configured to compare the first version number and the second version number, so as to confirm that the first transfer UE information list is the updated transfer UE information list based on the first version number.
  15. 根据权利要求11-13任一项所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述接收单元,还用于接收所述第一UE发送的第二心跳消息;所述第二心跳信息包括所述第一UE的设备标识和第三版本号;The communication device according to any one of claims 11-13, wherein the receiving unit is further configured to receive a second heartbeat message sent by the first UE; the second heartbeat message includes the first - UE's device identification and third version number;
    所述处理单元还用于比较所述第一版本号和所述第三版本号,以基于所述第一版本号确认所述第一中转UE信息列表是所述更新的中转UE信息列表。The processing unit is further configured to compare the first version number with the third version number, so as to confirm that the first transfer UE information list is the updated transfer UE information list based on the first version number.
  16. 根据权利要求11-15任一项所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述处理单元还用于在第二时间内未接收到所述第一UE发送的更新的心跳消息,将所述第一UE的通信状态由在网修改为离网,或者,将所述第一UE作为下一跳UE的通信路径中的通信状态由在网修改为离网。The communication device according to any one of claims 11-15, wherein the processing unit is further configured to send the second heartbeat message if the updated heartbeat message sent by the first UE is not received within a second time. The communication state of a UE is changed from on-net to off-net, or the communication state on the communication path in which the first UE is used as the next-hop UE is changed from on-net to off-net.
  17. 根据权利要求15所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述处理单元还用于在接收到所述第二心跳消息之前,没有接收到所述第一中转UE信息列表,在接收所述第二心跳消息之后的第三时间,也没有接收到所述第一中转UE信息列表,向所述第一UE发送第二请求,所述第二请求用于指示所述第一UE发送所述第一中转UE信息列表。The communication device according to claim 15, wherein the processing unit is further configured to fail to receive the first transit UE information list before receiving the second heartbeat message, and to receive the second At a third time after the heartbeat message, if the first transit UE information list is not received, send a second request to the first UE, where the second request is used to instruct the first UE to send the first Transfer UE information list.
  18. 根据权利要求11-17任一项所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述第一中转UE信息列表还包括所述第二UE的通信状态、所述第一通信路径中数据传输的中转跳数、和所述第一通信路径中所述第一UE的下一跳UE的设备标识UEID。The communication device according to any one of claims 11-17, wherein the first transit UE information list further includes the communication status of the second UE, and the transit hop for data transmission in the first communication path. number, and the equipment identifier UEID of the next-hop UE of the first UE in the first communication path.
  19. 根据权利要求11-18任一项所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述第一中转UE信息列表还包括所述第二UE的联网标识。The communication device according to any one of claims 11-18, wherein the first relay UE information list further includes a networking identifier of the second UE.
  20. 根据权利要求11-19任一项所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述第一单播消息包括业务数据,源用户设备的设备标识UEID,目标UEID,中转UEID。The communication device according to any one of claims 11-19, wherein the first unicast message includes service data, a UEID of a source user equipment, a target UEID, and a transfer UEID.
  21. 一种芯片或芯片系统,其特征在于,包括处理电路和接口电路,所述接口电路用于接收代码指令并传输至所述处理电路,所述处理电路用于运行所述代码指令以执行如权利要求1-10任一项所述的方法。A chip or chip system, characterized in that it includes a processing circuit and an interface circuit, the interface circuit is used to receive code instructions and transmit them to the processing circuit, and the processing circuit is used to run the code instructions to execute the The method described in any one of claims 1-10.
  22. 一种计算机可读存储介质,所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令,当所述指令在通信装置上运行时,使得所述通信装置执行如权利要求1-10任一项所述的方法。A computer-readable storage medium, where instructions are stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when the instructions are run on a communication device, the communication device is made to execute the method according to any one of claims 1-10 .
  23. 一种计算机程序产品,其特征在于,当所述计算机程序产品被通信装置执行时,使得所述通信装置执行如权利要求1-10任一项所述的方法。A computer program product, characterized in that, when the computer program product is executed by a communication device, the communication device is made to execute the method according to any one of claims 1-10.
PCT/CN2021/127783 2021-10-30 2021-10-30 D2d communication method WO2023070633A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2021/127783 WO2023070633A1 (en) 2021-10-30 2021-10-30 D2d communication method
CN202180102931.0A CN118176751A (en) 2021-10-30 2021-10-30 D2D communication method

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2021/127783 WO2023070633A1 (en) 2021-10-30 2021-10-30 D2d communication method

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023070633A1 true WO2023070633A1 (en) 2023-05-04

Family

ID=86159928

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2021/127783 WO2023070633A1 (en) 2021-10-30 2021-10-30 D2d communication method

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN118176751A (en)
WO (1) WO2023070633A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN116419363A (en) * 2023-05-31 2023-07-11 深圳开鸿数字产业发展有限公司 Data transmission method, communication device, and computer-readable storage medium

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN103650624A (en) * 2011-06-02 2014-03-19 美国博通公司 An apparatus and a method for device-to-device communication route establishment in a mobile communication system
CN104283906A (en) * 2013-07-02 2015-01-14 华为技术有限公司 Distributed storage system, cluster nodes and range management method of cluster nodes
CN107360635A (en) * 2017-07-18 2017-11-17 广东欧珀移动通信有限公司 A kind of data transmission method, device, terminal and computer-readable recording medium
US20210243671A1 (en) * 2018-06-06 2021-08-05 Orange Method of selecting a route in an ad hoc network

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN103650624A (en) * 2011-06-02 2014-03-19 美国博通公司 An apparatus and a method for device-to-device communication route establishment in a mobile communication system
CN104283906A (en) * 2013-07-02 2015-01-14 华为技术有限公司 Distributed storage system, cluster nodes and range management method of cluster nodes
CN107360635A (en) * 2017-07-18 2017-11-17 广东欧珀移动通信有限公司 A kind of data transmission method, device, terminal and computer-readable recording medium
US20210243671A1 (en) * 2018-06-06 2021-08-05 Orange Method of selecting a route in an ad hoc network

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN116419363A (en) * 2023-05-31 2023-07-11 深圳开鸿数字产业发展有限公司 Data transmission method, communication device, and computer-readable storage medium
CN116419363B (en) * 2023-05-31 2023-08-29 深圳开鸿数字产业发展有限公司 Data transmission method, communication device, and computer-readable storage medium

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN118176751A (en) 2024-06-11

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
CN107852362B (en) Mesh network system and method
US7738859B2 (en) Multi-node communication system and method of requesting, reporting and collecting destination-node-based measurements and route-based measurements
US8064416B2 (en) Route selection in wireless networks
JP4569328B2 (en) Wireless communication apparatus and route search method
US7330694B2 (en) Method for setting up route path through route discovery in a mobile ad hoc network using partial route discovery
US11445430B2 (en) Data forwarding method and apparatus
US7626967B2 (en) Methods and apparatus for providing a transparent bridge associated with a wireless mesh network
JP5485398B2 (en) Method and system for service discovery management in a peer-to-peer network
US8243603B2 (en) Method and system for improving a wireless communication route
US20160150459A1 (en) Techniques to support heterogeneous network data path discovery
US7894378B2 (en) Method for updating a multicast state of a multicast group
US8982708B1 (en) Priority aware dynamic routing protocol for ad-hoc networks
US8213352B2 (en) Wireless communication system, wireless communication device, wireless communication method, and program
US11310716B2 (en) Method of selecting a route in an ad hoc network
US20050157749A1 (en) System and method for communication with an external network in an IPv6 MANET network
US20120113896A1 (en) Skip Ahead Routing in Wireless Ad Hoc Networks
CN111787593B (en) Data transmission method and node
US20120163233A1 (en) Method for transmitting routing information and routing apparatus in wireless network
JP2021511705A (en) Relay routing method and communication node
CN111711571B (en) Ad hoc network on-demand routing method and device supporting IP transparent transmission and computer equipment
EP3314951B1 (en) Enhanced peer discovery in a mesh network
WO2023070633A1 (en) D2d communication method
US20080279198A1 (en) Method for the Transmission of Information in a Communication System Using a Path
CN111787591B (en) Neighbor discovery method and node
US20200367139A1 (en) Method and apparatus for device-to-device interconnected local area network

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 21961984

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 202180102931.0

Country of ref document: CN

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 21961984

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1